US20140050788A1 - Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same - Google Patents
Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20140050788A1 US20140050788A1 US13/963,984 US201313963984A US2014050788A1 US 20140050788 A1 US20140050788 A1 US 20140050788A1 US 201313963984 A US201313963984 A US 201313963984A US 2014050788 A1 US2014050788 A1 US 2014050788A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- composition
- alcohol
- micronized
- amnion
- tissue
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 214
- 210000005059 placental tissue Anatomy 0.000 title claims description 51
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title abstract description 70
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 137
- 210000001691 amnion Anatomy 0.000 claims description 122
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 101
- 210000001136 chorion Anatomy 0.000 claims description 61
- -1 hendecanol) Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 43
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 23
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 235000015110 jellies Nutrition 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000008274 jelly Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- REIUXOLGHVXAEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO REIUXOLGHVXAEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- REZQBEBOWJAQKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacontan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO REZQBEBOWJAQKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000012867 bioactive agent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCO MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 210000004207 dermis Anatomy 0.000 claims description 10
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 10
- KJIOQYGWTQBHNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCO KJIOQYGWTQBHNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO WNWHHMBRJJOGFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- NOPFSRXAKWQILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO NOPFSRXAKWQILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- FIPPFBHCBUDBRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N henicosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO FIPPFBHCBUDBRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- IRHTZOCLLONTOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexacosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO IRHTZOCLLONTOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- BTFJIXJJCSYFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N icosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BTFJIXJJCSYFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- XGFDHKJUZCCPKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO XGFDHKJUZCCPKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- CNNRPFQICPFDPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N octacosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO CNNRPFQICPFDPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- TYWMIZZBOVGFOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetracosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO TYWMIZZBOVGFOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCO HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960002666 1-octacosanol Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CO YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960000735 docosanol Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000012422 Collagen Type I Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010022452 Collagen Type I Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010080379 Fibrin Tissue Adhesive Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940030225 antihemorrhagics Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002874 hemostatic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- CFOQKXQWGLAKSK-KTKRTIGZSA-N (13Z)-docosen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCCCCCO CFOQKXQWGLAKSK-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- JXNPEDYJTDQORS-HZJYTTRNSA-N (9Z,12Z)-octadecadien-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCCO JXNPEDYJTDQORS-HZJYTTRNSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- IKYKEVDKGZYRMQ-PDBXOOCHSA-N (9Z,12Z,15Z)-octadecatrien-1-ol Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCCO IKYKEVDKGZYRMQ-PDBXOOCHSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- JXNPEDYJTDQORS-AVQMFFATSA-N (9e,12e)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCCCCCO JXNPEDYJTDQORS-AVQMFFATSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000005968 1-Decanol Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- XFRVVPUIAFSTFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Tridecanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCO XFRVVPUIAFSTFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940094997 1-tetracosanol Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- DKGXIVRSAKPDHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-3-methyl-1-phenylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)C=C(Cl)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 DKGXIVRSAKPDHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- IKYKEVDKGZYRMQ-IUQGRGSQSA-N 9,12,15-Octadecatrien-1-ol Chemical compound CC\C=C\C\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCCCCCO IKYKEVDKGZYRMQ-IUQGRGSQSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001340 Microbial cellulose Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940081733 cetearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cis-oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000003195 fascia Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- JXNPEDYJTDQORS-UHFFFAOYSA-N linoleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCCCCCO JXNPEDYJTDQORS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940043348 myristyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- ZWRUINPWMLAQRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCO ZWRUINPWMLAQRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- DKBBOWMEYUBDGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadec-9-ene-1,12-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)CC=CCCCCCCCCO DKBBOWMEYUBDGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-MDZDMXLPSA-N oleyl alcohol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-MDZDMXLPSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- LBIYNOAMNIKVKF-FPLPWBNLSA-N palmitoleyl alcohol Chemical compound CCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO LBIYNOAMNIKVKF-FPLPWBNLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- LBIYNOAMNIKVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitoleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCO LBIYNOAMNIKVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000003516 pericardium Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000004876 tela submucosa Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- MINQXXMPECOAGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetratriacontan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO MINQXXMPECOAGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940057402 undecyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 abstract description 34
- 230000003169 placental effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 32
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 89
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 47
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 47
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 44
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 35
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 32
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 31
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 23
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 22
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 22
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 17
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 15
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 12
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 12
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 11
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 11
- 229920002274 Nalgene Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 8
- 241001269524 Dura Species 0.000 description 7
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000036573 scar formation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000003954 umbilical cord Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000012984 antibiotic solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000690 Tyvek Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000151 polyglycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000010695 polyglycol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 5
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical group C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 4
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003495 polar organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960000502 poloxamer Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000004381 amniotic fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005202 decontamination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003588 decontaminative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004053 dental implant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002845 discoloration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000035558 fertility Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004994 reproductive system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003454 tympanic membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 231100000397 ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UWFRVQVNYNPBEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)propan-1-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1C UWFRVQVNYNPBEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Aminoacetate Chemical compound NCC([O-])=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001260012 Bursa Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010056340 Diabetic ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000009273 Endometriosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010019909 Hernia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000025157 Oral disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002582 Polyethylene Glycol 600 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000004210 Pressure Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfobutanedioic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N aldehydo-D-ribose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003872 anastomosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010478 bone regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000028831 congenital heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SEACYXSIPDVVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-L eosin Y Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C([O-])=C(Br)C=C21 SEACYXSIPDVVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 201000005562 gingival recession Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002684 laminectomy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001331 nose Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002113 octoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000025661 ovarian cyst Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002379 periodontal ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000223 polyglycerol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003634 thrombocyte concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000001177 vas deferen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002888 zwitterionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDEIXVOBVLKYNT-VQBXQJRRSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-[(1s,2s,3r,4s,6r)-4,6-diamino-3-[(2r,3r,6s)-3-amino-6-(1-aminoethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]oxy-5-methyl-4-(methylamino)oxane-3,5-diol;(2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-[(1s,2s,3r,4s,6r)-4,6-diamino-3-[(2r,3r,6s)-3-amino-6-(aminomethyl)oxan-2-yl]o Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H](CC[C@@H](CN)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N.O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H](CC[C@H](O2)C(C)N)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N.O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N RDEIXVOBVLKYNT-VQBXQJRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZANQLIRVMZFOS-ZKZCYXTQSA-N (3r,4s,5s,6r)-2-butoxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound CCCCOC1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BZANQLIRVMZFOS-ZKZCYXTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UVSYOFPXSA-N (3s,5r)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methoxyoxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound COC1OC(CO)[C@@H](O)C(O)[C@H]1O HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UVSYOFPXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Diethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDVVTQMJQSCDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-yl formate Chemical compound OCC(CO)OC=O LDVVTQMJQSCDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxan-2-one Chemical compound O=C1COCCO1 VPVXHAANQNHFSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)CO1 RKDVKSZUMVYZHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEEMDRWIKYCTQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethoxybenzenecarbothioamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(N)=S WEEMDRWIKYCTQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBYYPIYKJZCKGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-azidophenyl)-2-oxoacetaldehyde;hydrate Chemical compound O.[N-]=[N+]=NC1=CC=C(C(=O)C=O)C=C1 CBYYPIYKJZCKGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRBZUCWNYQUCTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(aminoazaniumyl)acetate Chemical class NNCC(O)=O RRBZUCWNYQUCTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMTFNDVZYPHUEF-XZBKPIIZSA-N 3-O-methyl-D-glucose Chemical compound O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO RMTFNDVZYPHUEF-XZBKPIIZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCFOOQRXUXKJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-4-oxo-2-sulfobutanoic acid Chemical class NC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O BCFOOQRXUXKJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQZOUYFHWKTGEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azido-n-[2-[2-[(4-azido-2-hydroxybenzoyl)amino]ethyldisulfanyl]ethyl]-2-hydroxybenzamide Chemical compound OC1=CC(N=[N+]=[N-])=CC=C1C(=O)NCCSSCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1O QQZOUYFHWKTGEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRLKXQVDEQEYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azidobenzohydrazide Chemical compound NNC(=O)C1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1 YRLKXQVDEQEYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alanine Chemical class CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010001478 Bacitracin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010008164 Cerebrospinal fluid leakage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910000531 Co alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000001187 Collagen Type III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069502 Collagen Type III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002330 Congenital Heart Defects Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000014997 Crohn colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001651 Cyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010011732 Cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N D-Gulose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N D-aldose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N D-allopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061619 Deformity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920004943 Delrin® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008960 Diabetic foot Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N Dialdehyde 11678 Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1[C@H](C[C@H](/C(=C/O)C(=O)OC)[C@@H](C=C)C=O)NCC2 ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010063395 Dural tear Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024785 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003790 Foot Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000598436 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020460 Human T-cell lymphotropic virus type I infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713340 Human immunodeficiency virus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- AYRXSINWFIIFAE-SCLMCMATSA-N Isomaltose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O AYRXSINWFIIFAE-SCLMCMATSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002260 Keloid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010023330 Keloid scar Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N L-altropyranose Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005230 Leg Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004909 Moisturizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010028116 Mucosal inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010927 Mucositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SBKRTALNRRAOJP-BWSIXKJUSA-N N-[(2S)-4-amino-1-[[(2S,3R)-1-[[(2S)-4-amino-1-oxo-1-[[(3S,6S,9S,12S,15R,18R,21S)-6,9,18-tris(2-aminoethyl)-15-benzyl-3-[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-12-(2-methylpropyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17,20-heptaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,16,19-heptazacyclotricos-21-yl]amino]butan-2-yl]amino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-6-methylheptanamide (6S)-N-[(2S)-4-amino-1-[[(2S,3R)-1-[[(2S)-4-amino-1-oxo-1-[[(3S,6S,9S,12S,15R,18R,21S)-6,9,18-tris(2-aminoethyl)-15-benzyl-3-[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-12-(2-methylpropyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17,20-heptaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,16,19-heptazacyclotricos-21-yl]amino]butan-2-yl]amino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-6-methyloctanamide sulfuric acid Polymers OS(O)(=O)=O.CC(C)CCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)NC(=O)[C@@H](CCN)NC1=O)[C@@H](C)O.CC[C@H](C)CCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)NC(=O)[C@@H](CCN)NC1=O)[C@@H](C)O SBKRTALNRRAOJP-BWSIXKJUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AYRXSINWFIIFAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N O6-alpha-D-Galactopyranosyl-D-galactose Natural products OCC1OC(OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O)C(O)C(O)C1O AYRXSINWFIIFAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008883 Patent Foramen Ovale Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031481 Pathologic Constriction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006389 Peri-Implantitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920005372 Plexiglas® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010009736 Protein Hydrolysates Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010081750 Reticulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000026137 Soft tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005392 Spasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020339 Spinal injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010072005 Spinal pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002240 Tennis Elbow Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910001069 Ti alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRQXUCVJDCRJDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Turanose Natural products OC1C(CO)OC(O)(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DRQXUCVJDCRJDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010045210 Tympanic Membrane Perforation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046798 Uterine leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930003448 Vitamin K Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910001080 W alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NKRHXEKCTWWDLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N [W].[Cr].[Co] Chemical compound [W].[Cr].[Co] NKRHXEKCTWWDLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001015 abdomen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000683 abdominal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011354 acetal resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920003232 aliphatic polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N alpha-D-lyxopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CO[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001909 alveolar process Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012080 ambient air Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001567 anti-fibrinolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001166 anti-perspirative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000504 antifibrinolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940082620 antifibrinolytics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003213 antiperspirant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003071 bacitracin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930184125 bacitracin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N bacitracin A Chemical compound C1SC([C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)=N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2N=CNC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCCCC1 CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003855 balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-ZZFZYMBESA-N beta-melibiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O1 DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-ZZFZYMBESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000013 bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000035 biogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N bissulfosuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)CC1=O VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940019700 blood coagulation factors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007675 cardiac surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001715 carotid artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002737 cell proliferation kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009390 chemical decontamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- SZMZREIADCOWQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium cobalt nickel Chemical compound [Cr].[Co].[Ni] SZMZREIADCOWQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002316 cosmetic surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001896 cresols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- NLCKLZIHJQEMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyano prop-2-enoate Chemical class C=CC(=O)OC#N NLCKLZIHJQEMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031513 cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005786 degenerative changes Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000023753 dehiscence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004268 dentin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002781 deodorant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036576 dermal application Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001085 differential centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000613 ear canal Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000959 ear middle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001513 elbow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009836 endodontic lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006351 engineering plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000001339 epidermal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005081 epithelial layer Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009986 erectile function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002683 foot Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007027 foramen ovale closure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000000232 gallbladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002682 general surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-CQUJWQHSSA-N gentiobiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O1 DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-CQUJWQHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004195 gingiva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000007565 gingivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182478 glucoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyceraldehyde Chemical compound OCC(O)C=O MNQZXJOMYWMBOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003709 heart valve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003752 hydrotrope Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000076 hypertonic saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000819 hypertonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021223 hypertonic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002951 idosyl group Chemical class C1([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000077 insect repellent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-RTPHMHGBSA-N isomaltose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O1 DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-RTPHMHGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000281 joint capsule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001117 keloid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYIDGJJWBIBVIA-UYTYNIKBSA-N lauryl glucoside Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O PYIDGJJWBIBVIA-UYTYNIKBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940048848 lauryl glucoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000010260 leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl beta-galactoside Natural products COC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007431 microscopic evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002324 minimally invasive surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001333 moisturizer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003020 moisturizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002200 mouth mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004165 myocardium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002850 nasal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910001000 nickel titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel titanium Chemical compound [Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni] HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003101 oviduct Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010033675 panniculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010951 particle size reduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011236 particulate material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004417 patella Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003239 periodontal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001245 periodontitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000578 peripheral nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004303 peritoneum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127557 pharmaceutical product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SHUZOJHMOBOZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N phylloquinone Natural products CC(C)CCCCC(C)CCC(C)CCCC(=CCC1=C(C)C(=O)c2ccccc2C1=O)C SHUZOJHMOBOZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000019612 pigmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001993 poloxamer 188 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001522 polyglycol ester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068965 polysorbates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008092 positive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011471 prostatectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003531 protein hydrolysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001185 psoriatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007665 sagging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010039722 scoliosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009589 serological test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000011818 severe chest pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002832 shoulder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036568 skin's normal repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036262 stenosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037804 stenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002385 streptomycin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004304 subcutaneous tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000006379 syphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009772 tissue formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007483 tonsillectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100617 topical lotion Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008736 traumatic injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000428 triblock copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCCO1 YFHICDDUDORKJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009810 tubal ligation Methods 0.000 description 1
- RULSWEULPANCDV-PIXUTMIVSA-N turanose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C(=O)CO)O[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O RULSWEULPANCDV-PIXUTMIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007631 vascular surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007879 vasectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019168 vitamin K Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011712 vitamin K Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003721 vitamin K derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940046010 vitamin k Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037373 wrinkle formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
- A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
- A61K35/48—Reproductive organs
- A61K35/50—Placenta; Placental stem cells; Amniotic fluid; Amnion; Amniotic stem cells
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
- A01N1/00—Preservation of bodies of humans or animals, or parts thereof
- A01N1/02—Preservation of living parts
- A01N1/0278—Physical preservation processes
- A01N1/0284—Temperature processes, i.e. using a designated change in temperature over time
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/02—Inorganic compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L26/00—Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, wound dressings or bandages in liquid, gel or powder form
- A61L26/0057—Ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L27/00—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses
- A61L27/36—Materials for grafts or prostheses or for coating grafts or prostheses containing ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof, e.g. transplant tissue, natural bone, extracellular matrix
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L29/00—Materials for catheters, medical tubing, cannulae, or endoscopes or for coating catheters
- A61L29/005—Ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L31/00—Materials for other surgical articles, e.g. stents, stent-grafts, shunts, surgical drapes, guide wires, materials for adhesion prevention, occluding devices, surgical gloves, tissue fixation devices
- A61L31/005—Ingredients of undetermined constitution or reaction products thereof
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F26—DRYING
- F26B—DRYING SOLID MATERIALS OR OBJECTS BY REMOVING LIQUID THEREFROM
- F26B21/00—Arrangements or duct systems, e.g. in combination with pallet boxes, for supplying and controlling air or gases for drying solid materials or objects
- F26B21/004—Nozzle assemblies; Air knives; Air distributors; Blow boxes
Definitions
- This invention is directed to micronized placental particles, compositions comprising such particles, extracts from such particles, and methods of using such compositions or extracts.
- Placental tissue is known in the art as a basis for wound coverings. Typically, the placental tissue is harvested after an elective Cesarean surgery.
- the placenta is composed of an amniotic membrane which has two primary layers of tissue, amnion and chorion.
- Amnion tissue is the innermost layer of the amniotic sac and in direct contact with the amniotic fluid.
- the amniotic sac contains the amniotic fluid and protects the fetal environment. Histological evaluation indicates that the membrane layers of the amnion consist of a single layer of epithelium cells, thin reticular fibers (basement membrane), a thick compact layer, and a fibroblast layer.
- the fibrous layer of amnion i.e., the basement membrane
- the fibrous layer of amnion contains collagen types IV, V, and VII, and cell-adhesion bio-active factors including fibronectin and laminins
- wound covering comprising placental tissue components typically were in the form of grafts wherein individual layers such as the amnion and/or chorion layer formed a discreet component of the graft. Described herein is unique approach to using placental tissue components in wound healing and other medical applications.
- compositions composed of micronized placental components, extracts from micronized placental components, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof impart significant benefits when used alone or as part of a wound covering or implant. Accordingly, these compositions comprising micronized placental components and extracts from micronized placental components have numerous medical applications.
- This invention is also directed to methods for making and using the compositions comprising micronized placental components or extracts from micronized placental components.
- FIG. 1 is an overview flow chart of the process for making the micronized compositions described herein.
- FIG. 2 demonstrates the cell proliferation effects of extracts from micronized compositions.
- FIG. 3 shows a forward perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein.
- FIG. 4 shows an overhead perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein.
- FIG. 5 shows a side perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein.
- FIG. 6 shows a back perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein.
- compositions and methods include the recited elements, but not excluding others.
- Consisting essentially of when used to define compositions and methods, shall mean excluding other elements of any essential significance to the combination. For example, a composition consisting essentially of the elements as defined herein would not exclude other elements that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s) of the claimed invention.
- Consisting of shall mean excluding more than trace amount of other ingredients and substantial method steps recited. Embodiments defined by each of these transition terms are within the scope of this invention.
- subject as used herein is any vertebrate organism including but not limited to mammalian subjects such as humans, farm animals, domesticated pets and the like.
- amnion as used herein includes amniotic membrane where the intermediate tissue layer is intact or has been substantially removed.
- placental tissue refers to any and all of the well known components of the placenta including but not limited to amnion, chorion, Wharton's Jelly, and the like. In one preferred embodiment, the placental tissue does not include any of the umbilical cord components (e.g., Wharton's jelly, umbilical cord vein and artery, and surrounding membrane).
- umbilical cord components e.g., Wharton's jelly, umbilical cord vein and artery, and surrounding membrane.
- EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- compositions Comprising Micronized Placental Components or Extracts from Micronized Placental Components and Methods for Making Thereof
- compositions comprising micronized placental components and pharmaceutical compositions thereof.
- Compositions comprising micronized placental components are described in PCT Application No. PCT/US12/24798, as well as in U.S. provisional application Ser. Nos. 61/442,346 and 61/543,995. The contents of these applications are specifically incorporated by reference in their entireties.
- the invention is directed to a composition that comprises (a) micronized amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the invention encompasses an extract containing the growth factors and/or cytokines of the micronized amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof.
- the extract is a saline extract, a sterile water extract, or an extract using any suitable buffer known in the art, of the micronized placental components.
- the extract is used for direct application, e.g., in the form of ocular drops, for knee injections, or for cosmeceutical uses.
- separation of the extract is conducted such that the remaining micronized placental components still contain a significant amount of growth factors.
- the composition comprises micronized amnion and intermediate tissue layer. In another aspect, the composition comprises micronized amnion and chorion.
- FIG. 1 depicts an overview ( 100 ) and certain aspects of the steps to harvest, process, and prepare placental material for use in the preparation of the micronized compositions described herein. More detailed descriptions and discussion regarding each individual step will follow.
- the placental tissue is collected from a consenting patient following an elective Cesarean surgery (step 110 ).
- the material is preserved and transported in conventional tissue preservation manner to a suitable processing location or facility for check-in and evaluation (step 120 ).
- Gross processing, handling, and separation of the tissue layers then takes place (step 130 ).
- Acceptable tissue is then decontaminated (step 140 ) and dehydrated (step 145 ).
- the placental components e.g., amnion, intermediate tissue layer and/or chorion individually or as grafts
- step 150 Each step is described in detail below.
- the components used to produce the micronized compositions described herein are derived from the placenta.
- the source of the placenta can vary.
- the placenta is derived from a mammal such as human and other animals including, but not limited to, cows, pigs, and the like can be used herein.
- the recovery of the placenta originates in a hospital, where it is preferably collected during a Cesarean section birth.
- the donor referring to the mother who is about to give birth, voluntarily submits to a comprehensive screening process designed to provide the safest tissue possible for transplantation.
- the screening process preferably tests for antibodies to the human immunodeficiency virus type 1 and type 2 (anti-HIV-1 and anti-HIV-2), antibodies to the hepatitis B virus (anti-HBV) hepatitis B surface antigens (HBsAg), antibodies to the hepatitis C virus (anti-HCV), antibodies to the human T-lymphotropic virus type I and type II (anti-HTLV-I, anti-HTLV-II), cytomegalovirus (CMV), and syphilis, and nucleic acid testing for human immune-deficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) and for the hepatitis C virus (HCV), using conventional serological tests.
- the above list of tests is exemplary only, as more, fewer, or different tests may be desired or necessary over time or based upon the intended use of the grafts, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art.
- the donor will either be deemed acceptable or not.
- cultures are taken to determine the presence of bacteria, for example, Clostridium or Streptococcus . If the donor's information, screening tests, and the delivery cultures are all satisfactory (i.e., do not indicate any risks or indicate acceptable level of risk), the donor is approved by a medical director and the tissue specimen is designated as initially eligible for further processing and evaluation.
- Human placentas that meet the above selection criteria are preferably bagged in a saline solution in a sterile shipment bag and stored in a container of wet ice for shipment to a processing location or laboratory for further processing.
- placenta is collected prior to the completion of obtaining the results from the screening tests and delivery cultures, such tissue is labeled and kept in quarantine.
- the placenta is approved for further processing only after the required screening assessments and delivery cultures, which declare the tissue safe for handling and use, are satisfied and obtains final approval from a medical director.
- the shipment Upon arrival at the processing center or laboratory, the shipment is opened and verified that the sterile shipment bag/container is still sealed and in the coolant, that the appropriate donor paperwork is present, and that the donor number on the paperwork matches the number on the sterile shipment bag containing the tissue.
- the sterile shipment bag containing the tissue is then stored in a refrigerator until ready for further processing.
- the sterile supplies necessary for processing the placental tissue further are assembled in a staging area in a controlled environment and are prepared for introduction into a controlled environment.
- the placenta is processed at room temperature. If the controlled environment is a manufacturing hood, the sterile supplies are opened and placed into the hood using conventional sterilization techniques. If the controlled environment is a clean room, the sterile supplies are opened and placed on a cart covered by a sterile drape. All the work surfaces are covered by a piece of sterile drape using conventional sterilization techniques, and the sterile supplies and the processing equipment are placed onto the sterile drape, again using conventional sterilization techniques.
- Processing equipment is decontaminated according to conventional and industry-approved decontamination procedures and then introduced into the controlled environment.
- the equipment is strategically placed within the controlled environment to minimize the chance for the equipment to come in proximity to or be inadvertently contaminated by the tissue specimen.
- the placenta is removed from the sterile shipment bag and transferred aseptically to a sterile processing basin within the controlled environment.
- the sterile basin contains hyperisotonic saline solution (e.g., 18% NaCl) that is at room or near room temperature.
- the placenta is gently massaged to help separate blood clots and to allow the placental tissue to reach room temperature, which facilitates the separation of the placental components from each other (e.g., amnion membrane and chorion).
- the placenta is then removed from the sterile processing basin and laid flat on a processing tray with the amnion membrane layer facing down for inspection.
- the placenta is examined for discoloration, debris or other contamination, odor, and signs of damage.
- the size of the tissue is also noted. A determination is made, at this point, as to whether the tissue is acceptable for further processing.
- the amnion and chorion are next carefully separated.
- the materials and equipment used in this procedure include a processing tray, 18% saline solution, sterile 4 ⁇ 4 sponges, and two sterile Nalgene jars.
- the placenta tissue is then closely examined to find an area (typically a corner) in which the amnion can be separated from the chorion.
- the amnion appears as a thin, opaque layer on the chorion.
- the fibroblast layer is identified by gently contacting each side of the amnion with a piece of sterile gauze or a cotton tipped applicator. The fibroblast layer will stick to the test material. The amnion is placed into processing tray basement membrane layer down. Using a blunt instrument, a cell scraper, or sterile gauze, any residual blood is also removed. This step must be done with adequate care, again, so as not to tear the amnion. The cleaning of the amnion is complete once the amnion is smooth and opaque-white in appearance.
- the intermediate tissue layer also referred to as the spongy layer, is substantially removed from the amnion in order to expose the fibroblast layer.
- the term “substantially removed” with respect to the amount of intermediate tissue layer removed is defined herein as removing greater than 90%, greater than 95%, or greater than 99% of the intermediate tissue layer from the amnion. This can be performed by peeling the intermediate tissue layer from the amnion. Alternatively, the intermediate tissue layer can be removed from the amnion by wiping the intermediate tissue layer with gauze or other suitable wipe. The resulting amnion can be subsequently decontaminated using the process described below.
- the epithelium layer present on the amnion is substantially removed in order to expose the basement layer of the amnion.
- substantially removed with respect to the amount of epithelium removed is defined herein as removing greater than 90%, greater than 95%, or greater than 99% of the epithelial cells from the amnion.
- the presence or absence of epithelial cells remaining on the amnion layer can be evaluated using techniques known in the art. For example, after removal of the epithelial cell layer, a representative tissue sample from the processing lot is placed onto a standard microscope examination slide. The tissue sample is then stained using Eosin Y Stain and evaluated as described below. The sample is then covered and allowed to stand. Once an adequate amount of time has passed to allow for staining, visual observation is done under magnification.
- the epithelium layer can be removed by techniques known in the art. For example, the epithelium layer can be scraped off of the amnion using a cell scraper. Other techniques include, but are not limited to, freezing the membrane, physical removal using a cell scraper, or exposing the epithelial cells to nonionic detergents, anionic detergents, and nucleases.
- the de-epithelialized tissue is then evaluated to determine that the basement membrane has not been compromised and remains intact. This step is performed after completion of the processing step and before the tissue has been dehydrated as described in the next section. For example, a representative sample graft is removed for microscopic analysis. The tissue sample is place onto a standard slide, stained with Eosin Y and viewed under the microscope. If epithelium is present, it will appear as cobblestone-shaped cells.
- Decellularization generally involves the physical and/or chemical removal of all cells present in the amnion, which includes epithelial cells and fibroblast cells. For example, although the removal of epithelial cells is optional, the fibroblast layer present in the amnion stromal layer is intact, even if the intermediate tissue layer is removed. Here, fibroblast cells are present in the fibroblast layer.
- the placental tissue is Wharton's jelly
- the following exemplary procedure can be used. Using a scalpel or scissors, the umbilical cord is dissected away from the chorionic disk. Once the veins and the artery have been identified, the cord is dissected lengthwise down one of the veins or the artery. Once the umbilical cord has been dissected, surgical scissors and forceps can be used to dissect the vein and artery walls from the Wharton's jelly. Next, the outer layer of amnion is removed from the Wharton's jelly by cutting the amnion. Here, the outer membrane of the umbilical cord is removed such that Wharton's jelly is the only remaining component.
- the Wharton's jelly as used herein does not include the outer umbilical cord membrane and umbilical cord vessels.
- the Wharton's jelly can be cut into strips. In one aspect, the strips are approximately 1-4 cm by 10-30 cm with an approximate thickness of 1.25 cm; however, other thicknesses are possible depending on the application.
- the placental tissue can be chemically decontaminated using the techniques described below.
- the amnion is decontaminated at room temperature.
- the amnion produced in step 130 e.g., with or without the intermediate tissue layer
- the following procedure can be used to clean the amnion.
- a Nalgene jar is aseptically filled with 18% saline hypertonic solution and sealed (or sealed with a top). The jar is then placed on a rocker platform and agitated for between 30 and 90 minutes, which further cleans the amnion of contaminants.
- the Nalgene jar is returned to the controlled/sterile environment and opened. Using sterile forceps or by aseptically decanting the contents, the amnion is gently removed from the Nalgene jar containing the 18% hyperisotonic saline solution and placed into an empty Nalgene jar. This empty Nalgene jar with the amnion is then aseptically filled with a pre-mixed antibiotic solution.
- the premixed antibiotic solution is composed of a cocktail of antibiotics, such as Streptomycin Sulfate and Gentamicin Sulfate.
- antibiotics such as Polymixin B Sulfate and Bacitracin, or similar antibiotics now available or available in the future, are also suitable. Additionally, it is preferred that the antibiotic solution be at room temperature when added so that it does not change the temperature of or otherwise damage the amnion.
- This jar or container containing the amnion and antibiotics is then sealed or closed and placed on a rocker platform and agitated for, preferably, between 60 and 90 minutes. Such rocking or agitation of the amnion within the antibiotic solution further cleans the tissue of contaminants and bacteria.
- the amnion can be washed with a detergent. In one aspect, the amnion can be washed with 0.1 to 10%, 0.1 to 5%, 0.1 to 1%, or 0.5% Triton-X wash solution.
- the jar or container containing the amnion and antibiotics is then returned to the critical/sterile environment and opened.
- the amnion is gently removed from the jar or container and placed in a sterile basin containing sterile water or normal saline (0.9% saline solution).
- the amnion is allowed to soak in place in the sterile water/normal saline solution for at least 10 to 15 minutes.
- the amnion may be slightly agitated to facilitate removal of the antibiotic solution and any other contaminants from the tissue. After at least 10 to 15 minutes, the amnion is ready to be dehydrated and processed further.
- the following exemplary procedure can be used. After separation of the chorion from the amnion and removal of clotted blood from the fibrous layer, the chorion is rinsed in 18% saline solution for 15 minutes to 60 minutes. During the first rinse cycle, 18% saline is heated in a sterile container using a laboratory heating plate such that the solution temperature is approximately 48° C. The solution is decanted, the chorion tissue is placed into the sterile container, and decanted saline solution is poured into the container. The container is sealed and placed on a rocker plate and agitated for 15 minutes to 60 minutes.
- the chorion tissue was removed and placed into second heated agitation bath for an additional 15 minutes to 60 minutes rinse cycle.
- the chorion tissue can be washed with a detergent (e.g., Triton-X wash solution) as discussed above for the decontamination of amnion.
- the container is sealed and agitated without heat for 15 minutes to 120 minutes.
- the chorion tissue is next washed with deionized water (250 ml of DI water ⁇ 4) with vigorous motion for each rinse.
- the tissue is removed and placed into a container of 1 ⁇ PBS with EDTA solution.
- the container is sealed and agitated at controlled temperature for 1-8 hours.
- the chorion tissue is removed and rinsed using sterile water. A visual inspection was performed to remove any remaining discolored fibrous blood material from the chorion tissue.
- the chorion tissue should have a cream white visual appearance with no evidence of brownish discoloration.
- the following exemplary procedure can be used when the placental tissue is Wharton's jelly.
- the Wharton's jelly is transferred to a sterile Nalgene jar.
- room temperature 18% hypertonic saline solution is added to rinse the tissue and the jar is sealed.
- the jar is agitated for 30 to 60 minutes.
- the jar is decontaminated and returned to the sterile field.
- the tissue is transferred to a clean sterile Nalgene jar and prewarmed (about 48° C.) with 18% NaCl.
- the container is sealed and placed on rocker plate and agitated for 60 to 90 minutes.
- the jar After the rinse, the jar is decontaminated and returned to the sterile field. The tissue is removed and placed into an antibiotic solution. The container is sealed and agitated for 60 to 90 minutes on a rocker platform. Following incubation, the jar may be refrigerated at 1° C. to 10° C. for up to 24 hours.
- the Wharton's jelly is next transferred to a sterile basin containing approximately 200 mL of sterile water.
- the tissue is rinsed for 1-2 minutes and transferred to a sterile Nalgene jar containing approximately 300 ml of sterile water.
- the jar is sealed and placed on the rocker for 30 to 60 minutes. After incubation, the jar is returned to the sterile field.
- the Wharton's jelly should have a cream white visual appearance with no evidence of brownish discoloration.
- the placental tissue or components thereof as described above, or any combination thereof can be processed into tissue grafts (i.e., laminates) that are subsequently micronized.
- tissue grafts i.e., laminates
- the placental tissue or individual components thereof can be dehydrated independently and subsequently micronized alone or as a mixture of components.
- the tissue i.e., individual membrane or graft
- the chemical dehydration step is performed by contacting the amnion, chorion, and/or intermediate layer with a polar organic solvent for a sufficient time and amount in order to substantially (i.e., greater than 90%, greater than 95%, or greater than 99%) or completely remove residual water present in the tissue (i.e., dehydrate the tissue).
- the solvent can be protic or aprotic.
- polar organic solvents useful herein include, but are not limited to, alcohols, ketones, ethers, aldehydes, or any combination thereof. Specific, non-limiting examples include DMSO, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, ethanol, isopropanol, or any combination thereof.
- the placental tissue is contacted with a polar organic solvent at room temperature. No additional steps are required, and the tissue can be freeze-dried directly as discussed below.
- the tissue is freeze-dried in order to remove any residual water and polar organic solvent.
- the amnion, chorion, and/or intermediate layer can be laid on a suitable drying fixture prior to freeze-drying.
- one or more strips of amnion can be laid on a suitable drying fixture.
- chorion is laid on top of the amnion.
- an amnion/chorion tissue graft is produced.
- a strip of amnion can be placed on a first drying fixture, and a strip of chorion can be placed on a second drying fixture.
- the drying fixture is preferably sized to be large enough to receive the placental tissue, fully, in laid out, flat fashion.
- the drying fixture is made of Teflon® or of Delrin®, which is the brand name for an acetal resin engineering plastic invented and sold by DuPont and which is also available commercially from Werner Machine, Inc. in Marietta, Ga. Any other suitable material that is heat and cut resistant, capable of being formed into an appropriate shape to receive wet tissue can also be used for the drying fixture.
- the drying fixture is placed in the freeze-dryer.
- the use of the freeze-dryer to dehydrate the tissue can be more efficient and thorough compared to other techniques such as thermal dehydration. In general, it is desirable to avoid ice crystal formation in the placental tissue as this may damage the extracellular matrix in the tissue. By chemically dehydrating the placental tissue prior to freeze-drying, this problem can be avoided.
- the dehydration step involves applying heat to the tissue.
- the amnion, chorion, and/or intermediate layer is laid on a suitable drying fixture (either as individual strips or as a laminate discussed above), and the drying fixture is placed in a sterile Tyvex (or similar, breathable, heat-resistant, and sealable material) dehydration bag and sealed.
- the breathable dehydration bag prevents the tissue from drying too quickly. If multiple drying fixtures are being processed simultaneously, each drying fixture is either placed in its own Tyvex bag or, alternatively, placed into a suitable mounting frame that is designed to hold multiple drying frames thereon and the entire frame is then placed into a larger, single sterile Tyvex dehydration bag and sealed.
- the Tyvex dehydration bag containing the one or more drying fixtures is then placed into a non-vacuum oven or incubator that has been preheated to approximately 35 to 50 degrees Celcius.
- the Tyvex bag remains in the oven for between 30 to 120 minutes.
- the heating step can be performed at 45 minutes at a temperature of approximately 45° C. to dry the tissue sufficiently but without over-drying or burning the tissue.
- the specific temperature and time for any specific oven will need to be calibrated and adjusted based on other factors including altitude, size of the oven, accuracy of the oven temperature, material used for the drying fixture, number of drying fixtures being dried simultaneously, whether a single or multiple frames of drying fixtures are dried simultaneously, and the like.
- the placental tissue grafts described herein can be dehydrated using an innovative dehydration device which enhances the rate and uniformity of the dehydration process.
- the drying time can be accelerated by up to 40% in one configuration of the dehydration device in comparison to conventional drying ovens.
- the placental tissue graft is placed onto a drying fixture described herein and the drying fixture with tissue graft is inserted into the dehydration device for performing the dehydration process.
- multiple placental tissue grafts can be placed onto the drying fixture to dry more than one placental tissue grafts in the dehydration device at the same time.
- the dehydration device is useful in dehydrating the tissue grafts described herein, they can be used for dehydrating objects other than placental tissue.
- FIGS. 3-6 show an innovative dehydration device 900 according to an example embodiment that is well-suited for use in the herein-described dehydration processes.
- the dehydration device 900 includes a drying housing 902 , and inflow plenum 904 , and outflow plenum 906 , an air-moving assembly 908 , an air-heating assembly 910 , and a control system 912 .
- the drying housing 902 defines a drying chamber into which the placental tissue (e.g., on a drying fixture) is placed for drying during the dehydration process.
- the drying housing 902 (and thus the drying chamber it defines) is formed by six generally planar walls arranged together in a generally rectanguloid shape.
- the drying housing 902 , and/or the drying chamber it defines has a different regular or irregular shape such as spherical or ellipsoidal.
- the drying housing 902 is formed by top and bottom opposing walls 914 and 916 , first and second opposing sidewalls 918 and 920 , and first and second opposing endwalls 922 and 924 .
- the drying housing 902 includes a doorway opening 926 and a door 928 (e.g. hingedly coupled to the housing and including a pull-knob) in at least one of the walls (e.g., sidewall 918 ) for inserting the placental tissue on a fixture for dehydration and then removing the dried tissue.
- FIG. 3 shows the door 928 in a closed position
- FIG. 4 shows it in an opened position.
- the walls of the housing 902 are typically made of a material selected for rigidity, strength, and heat-resistance, for example an acrylic (e.g., PLEXIGLAS), glass, ceramic, or other polymeric material.
- At least two of the walls of the housing 902 each define at least one respective aperture through which air can flow.
- the top and bottom opposing walls 914 and 916 have an array of inflow and outflow apertures 930 and 932 , respectively, formed in them.
- the placental tissue graft e.g., on a fixture
- the size, shape, and position of the apertures 930 and 932 are selected based on the range of operating parameters (volumetric flow rate, flow pattern, temperature, pressure, time/duration, etc.
- the apertures 930 and 932 can be circular, aligned with corresponding apertures in the opposing wall, arranged in segmented rows and/or columns, and arranged uniformly (for a generally uniform temperature and drying effect across the chamber), as depicted.
- the apertures have a non-circular shape (e.g., polygonal or elliptical), have differing sizes (e.g., interspersed larger and smaller apertures, or differing inflow and outflow aperture sizes), and/or are formed in an irregular and/or non-aligning pattern.
- the apertures are formed in only one of the walls, more than two of the walls, or the opposing sidewalls 918 and 920 (instead of or in addition to the opposing top and bottom walls 914 and 916 ), and/or the inflow plenum 904 can be eliminated and piping coupled between the air-moving assembly 908 and an inflow one of the walls (e.g., top wall 914 ).
- the inflow plenum 904 and the outflow plenum 906 are positioned in communication with the inflow apertures 930 and the outflow apertures 932 , respectively.
- the plenums 904 and 906 help generate an even distribution of the pressure, flow, and temperature of the air flowing through the drying housing 902 .
- the inflow plenum 904 is formed by first vertically upward extensions of the opposing sidewalls 918 and 920 and the opposing endwalls 922 and 924 together with the housing top wall 914 and an opposing inflow-plenum top wall 934 .
- outflow plenum 906 is formed by second vertically downward extensions of the opposing sidewalls 918 and 920 and the opposing endwalls 922 and 924 together with the housing bottom wall 916 and an opposing outflow-plenum bottom wall 936 .
- the plenums 904 and 906 are eliminated and the air-moving assembly 908 is piped directly to the drying housing 902 .
- the inflow plenum 904 and the outflow plenum 906 include at least one inflow port 938 and outflow port 940 , respectively.
- the inflow port 938 is defined by a generally rectangular opening formed in the sidewall 920 at an upper portion thereof and at a first/distal portion thereof
- the outflow port 940 is defined by a generally rectangular gap in the same sidewall (i.e., an absence of the second extension of the wall) but at a lower portion thereof and at a second/proximal portion thereof. In this way, the air flows laterally into the inflow plenum 904 at the first/distal and upper portion of the dehydration device 900 and then distributes proximally within the inflow plenum.
- the air flows down through the inflow apertures 930 , down through and across the drying chamber, down through the outflow apertures 932 , down into the outflow plenum 906 , and laterally out at the second/proximal and lower portion of the device 900 .
- the plenums 904 and 906 provide for generally evenly distributed airflow across the tissue even though the air enters the inflow plenum at the first/distal portion of the dehydration device 900 and exits the outflow plenum at the second/proximal portion (while flowing from top to bottom through the drying chamber).
- the inflow and outflow ports 938 and 940 can be positioned to provide airflow from bottom to top (and/or from side to side) through the drying chamber, and/or they can have other regular or irregular shapes such as circular.
- the air-moving assembly 908 can be of a commercially available type for use in sterile/clean-air environments such as medical laboratories.
- the air-moving assembly 908 includes a blower 942 and a filter 944 .
- the blower 942 can be of a conventional type, for example including an electric motor and a fan enclosed within a housing.
- the filter 944 can be of a conventional type, for example a cylindrical HEPA air filter with an internal bore.
- such filter 944 mounts to and extends from the blower 942 , and air flows axially through the internal bore and radially outward through the filter media.
- the dehydration device 900 can be configured in a closed airflow loop (to re-circulate the air) or in an open loop (to provide fresh intake air).
- closed-loop designs an air outlet surface of the filter 944 is in sealed communication with the inflow port 938 of the inflow plenum 904 , and an air intake 948 of the blower 942 is in sealed communication with the outflow port 940 of the outflow plenum 906 .
- the air outlet surface of the filter 944 is enclosed in a first/distal delivery chamber formed by lateral extensions of the plenum top and bottom walls 934 and 936 , a lateral extension of the first/distal endwall 922 and an opposing second/proximal delivery-chamber endwall 950 , and the second sidewall 920 and an opposing delivery-chamber sidewall 952 .
- the air intake 948 of the blower 942 is sealed communication with a second/proximal return chamber formed by lateral extensions of the plenum top and bottom walls 934 and 936 , a lateral extension of the second/proximal endwall 924 and an opposing first/distal return-chamber endwall 954 (having an return opening in sealed communication with the blower air intake), and the second sidewall 920 and an opposing return-chamber sidewall 956 .
- a sidewall section can be provided to enclose the blower 942 or this can be left out to allow ambient air exposure to prevent the blower from overheating. In the depicted embodiments, the result is that the outer walls of the dehydration device 900 form a rectanguloid structure.
- the air outlet surface of the filter 944 is piped to the inflow port 938 of the inflow plenum 904 and the air intake 948 of the blower 942 is piped to the outflow port 940 of the outflow plenum 906 .
- the air-heating assembly 910 includes at least one heating element 958 , which can be of a conventional type such as a commercially available electric-resistance heating element.
- the heating element 958 is typically positioned adjacent the air intake 948 of the blower 942 , for example mounted on a bracket within the return chamber, as depicted.
- the control system 912 includes conventional controls for controlling the operating parameters (airflow rate, pressure, temperature, time/duration, etc.) of the dehydration device 900 .
- Such conventional controls typically include a main power switch 960 that is wired to provide power to a variable resistance device 962 and a control unit 964 .
- the main power switch 960 is wired to a power source such as conventional 120/240 line voltage.
- the variable resistance device 962 e.g., a rheostat
- the heating element 958 e.g., via the control unit 964
- At least one heat sensor 966 is positioned in the return chamber and wired to the control unit 964 to provide an input for use in temperature control.
- control unit 964 is wired (for power and control) to the blower 942 for controlling the volume flow rate (and thus also the pressure) and the time/duration of the dehydration cycle.
- typical embodiments such as that depicted include a pressure sensor 968 in (or at least exposed to) the drying chamber, a pressure gauge display 970 (e.g., mounted to the drying housing 902 ), and a fluid connection 972 (e.g., tubing) interconnecting the two parts.
- Step 150 Preparation of Micronized Compositions and Pharmaceutical Compositions Thereof
- the dehydrated tissue(s) is micronized.
- the micronized compositions can be produced using instruments known in the art. For example, the Retsch Oscillating Mill MM400 can be used to produce the micronized compositions described herein.
- the particle size of the materials in the micronized composition can vary as well depending upon the application of the micronized composition.
- the micronized composition has particles that are less than 500 ⁇ m, less than 400 ⁇ m, less than 300 ⁇ m, less than 200 ⁇ m, less than 100 ⁇ m, less than 50 ⁇ m, less than 25 ⁇ m, less than 20 ⁇ m, less than 15 ⁇ m, less than 10 ⁇ m, less than 9 ⁇ m, less than 8 ⁇ m, less than 7 ⁇ m, less than 6 ⁇ m, less than 5 ⁇ m, less than 4 ⁇ m, less than 3 ⁇ m, less than 2 ⁇ m, or from 2 ⁇ m, to 400 ⁇ m, from 25 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, from 25 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, or from 25 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m.
- the micronized composition has particles that have a diameter less than 150 ⁇ m, less than 100 ⁇ m, or less than 50 ⁇ m. In other aspects, particles having a larger diameter (e.g. 150 ⁇ m to 350 ⁇ m) are desirable. In all cases, the diameter of the particle is measured along its longest axis.
- the size of the particles may be reduced to nano-range.
- nanoparticles of placental components may be desirable for the increased density and/or increased release rate upon applying to the wound.
- the particle size of the micronized particles is from about 0.05 ⁇ m to about 2 ⁇ m, from about 0.1 ⁇ m to about 1.0 ⁇ m, from about 0.2 ⁇ m to about 0.8 ⁇ m, from about 0.3 ⁇ m to about 0.7 ⁇ m, or from about 0.4 ⁇ m to about 0.6 ⁇ m.
- the particle size of the micronized particles is at least 0.05 ⁇ m, at least 0.1 ⁇ m, at least 0.2 ⁇ m, at least 0.3 ⁇ m, at least 0.4 ⁇ m, at least 0.5 ⁇ m, at least 0.6 ⁇ m, at least 0.7 ⁇ m, at least 0.8 ⁇ m, at least 0.9 ⁇ m, or at least 1 ⁇ m.
- the particle size of the micronized particles is less than 1 ⁇ m, less than 0.9 ⁇ m, less than 0.8 ⁇ m, less than 0.7 ⁇ m, less than 0.6 ⁇ m, less than 0.5 ⁇ m, less than 0.4 ⁇ m, less than 0.3 ⁇ m, less than 0.2 ⁇ m, less than 0.1 ⁇ m, or less than 0.05 ⁇ m.
- particles having a range of sizes and volumes are preferred as such particles will impart differential release rates into the wound.
- particles having a range of mass to volume ratios can be prepared by either micronizing a mixture of a monolayer graft with multi-layer grafts (e.g., 2-10 layers) such that a range of graft sizes and volumes are provided.
- particles of varying surface area to volume ratios of the same tissue material can be prepared by compressing the linear grafts into three-dimensional shapes of varying sizes (round, elliptical, oblong, etc.). As surface area to volume ratio is increased, particle dissipation increases due to the larger exposure area for endogenous enzymes, etc.
- the surface area to volume ratio (based on a sphere having a range of diameters as described above) is between the range of about 0.06 ⁇ m to about 6 ⁇ 10 4 ⁇ m, about 0.06 ⁇ m to about 6 ⁇ 10 3 ⁇ m, about 0.06 ⁇ m to about 6 ⁇ 10 2 ⁇ m, or about 0.6 ⁇ m to about 6 ⁇ 10 2 ⁇ m.
- the initial micronization is performed by mechanical grinding or shredding.
- micronization is performed by cryogenic grinding.
- the grinding jar containing the tissue is continually cooled with liquid nitrogen from the integrated cooling system before and during the grinding process.
- the sample is embrittled and volatile components are preserved.
- the denaturing of proteins in the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and/or chorion is minimized or prevented.
- the CryoMill manufactured by Retsch can be used in this aspect.
- placental tissue or individual components such as amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, Wharton's jelly or any combination thereof can be admixed with one another and subsequently micronized.
- tissue grafts composed of one or more placental tissue, amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layers, or any combination thereof (i.e., laminates) can be micronized.
- one or more tissue grafts composed of one or more amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layers, or any combination can be admixed with amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof as individual components and subsequently micronized.
- the amount of different components used to make the micronized compositions described herein can vary depending upon the application of the micronized composition.
- the weight ratio of amnion to intermediate tissue layer is from 10:1 to 1:10, 9:1 to 1:1, 8:1 to 1:1, 7:1 to 1:1, 6:1 to 1:1, 5:1 to 1:1, 4:1 to 1:1, 3:1 to 1:1, 2:1 to 1:1, or about 1:1.
- the weight ratio of chorion to amnion is from 10:1 to 1:10, 9:1 to 1:1, 8:1 to 1:1, 7:1 to 1:1, 6:1 to 1:1, 5:1 to 1:1, 4:1 to 1:1, 3:1 to 1:1, 2:1 to 1:1, or about 1:1.
- Separation of particle sizes can be achieved by fractionation of the micronized material in sterile water by forming a suspension of particles.
- the upper most portion of the suspension will contain predominantly the smallest particles and the lower most portion of the suspension will contain predominantly the heaviest particles. Fractionation leads to particle size separation and repeated fractionation will lead to separation of the micronized particles into varying sizes.
- the so separated particles can be recombined in the desired ratio of particle size as is most appropriate for the wound to be treated.
- filler In addition to the placental tissue, amnion, the intermediate tissue layer, and chorion, additional components can be added to the composition prior to and/or after micronization.
- a filler can be added.
- fillers include, but are not limited to, allograft pericardium, allograft acellular dermis, purified xenograft Type-1 collagen, biocellulose polymers or copolymers, biocompatible synthetic polymer or copolymer films, purified small intestinal submucosa, bladder acellular matrix, cadaveric fascia, or any combination thereof.
- a bioactive agent can be added to the composition prior to and/or after micronization.
- bioactive agents include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring growth factors sourced from platelet concentrates, either using autologous blood collection and separation products, or platelet concentrates sourced from expired banked blood; bone marrow aspirate; stem cells derived from concentrated human placental cord blood stem cells, concentrated amniotic fluid stem cells or stem cells grown in a bioreactor; or antibiotics.
- the micronized particles described herein are useful as delivery devices of bioactive agents and other pharmaceutical agents when administered to a subject. Release profiles can be modified based on, among other things, the selection of the components used to make the micronized compositions as well as the size of the particles.
- the micronized placental components can be suspended in saline, sterile water, or any suitable buffer known in the art to form a suspension. Subsequently, extracts of the micronized placental components are prepared by separating the micronized placental particles from the solution, e.g., by way of fractionation. The obtained extract comprising growth factors and cytokines is used for direct application or injection, or is combined with other pharmaceutical products or cosmetic products. Yet, the remaining micronized placental components comprise significant amounts of growth factors for treating wound or other pharmaceutical uses.
- the amnion can be cross-linked with the intermediate tissue layer, chorion, or a second amnion tissue.
- a cross-linking agent can be added to the composition (e.g., amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof as individual components and/or as tissue grafts) prior to and/or after micronization.
- the cross-linking agent is nontoxic and non-immunogenic.
- the cross-linking agent can be the same or different.
- the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can be treated separately with a cross-linking agent or, in the alternative, the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can be treated together with the same cross-linking agent.
- the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can be treated with two or more different cross-linking agents.
- the conditions for treating the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can vary.
- the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and/or chorion can be micronized, and the micronized composition can subsequently be treated with a cross-linking agent.
- the concentration of the cross-linking agent is from 0.1 M to 5 M, 0.1 M to 4 M, 0.1 M to 3 M, 0.1 M to 2 M, or 0.1 M to 1 M.
- the cross-linking agent generally possesses two or more functional groups capable of reacting with proteins to produce covalent bonds.
- the cross-linking agent possesses groups that can react with amino groups present on the protein. Examples of such functional groups include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl groups, substituted or unsubstituted amino groups, carboxyl groups, and aldehyde groups.
- the cross-linker can be a dialdehyde such as, for example, glutaraldehyde.
- the cross-linker can be a carbodiimide such as, for example, (N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethyl-carbodiimide (EDC).
- the cross-linker can be an oxidized dextran, p-azidobenzoyl hydrazide, N-[alpha-maleimidoacetoxy]succinimide ester, p-azidophenyl glyoxal monohydrate, bis-[beta-(4-azidosalicylamido)ethyl]disulfide, bis-[sulfosuccinimidyl]suberate, dithiobis[succinimidyl]propionate, disuccinimidyl suberate, and 1-ethyl-3-[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride, a bifunctional oxirane (OXR), or ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EGDE).
- OXR bifunctional oxirane
- EGDE ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether
- sugar is the cross-linking agent, where the sugar can react with proteins present in the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion to form a covalent bond.
- the sugar can react with proteins by the Maillard reaction, which is initiated by the nonenzymatic glycosylation of amino groups on proteins by reducing sugars and leads to the subsequent formation of covalent bonds.
- sugars useful as a cross-linking agent include, but are not limited to, D-ribose, glycerose, altrose, talose, ertheose, glucose, lyxose, mannose, xylose, gulose, arabinose, idose, allose, galactose, maltose, lactose, sucrose, cellibiose, gentibiose, melibiose, turanose, trehalose, isomaltose, or any combination thereof.
- the micronized composition can be used to form a three-dimensional construct.
- the micronized particles can be treated with a cross-linking agent described above then placed in a mold having specific dimensions.
- the micronized particles can be placed into the mold and subsequently treated with the cross-linking agent.
- the cross-linked particles can be manually formed into any desired shape.
- one or more adhesives can be admixed with an adhesive prior to being introduced into the mold. Examples of such adhesives include, but are not limited to, fibrin sealants, cyanoacrylates, gelatin and thrombin products, polyethylene glycol polymer, albumin, and glutaraldehyde products.
- the three-dimensional construct composed of smaller micronized particles can be formed as a denser product capable of bearing mechanical loads.
- larger micronized particles can be formed into constructs that are less dense and possess compressive properties. This feature can be useful in non-load void filling, especially where it is desirable to have a product that will conform to irregular shapes.
- the three-dimensional constructs can include one or more bioactive agents described herein.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be formulated in any excipient the biological system or entity can tolerate to produce pharmaceutical compositions.
- excipients include, but are not limited to, water, aqueous hyaluronic acid, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, and other aqueous physiologically balanced salt solutions.
- Nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils, vegetable oils such as olive oil and sesame oil, triglycerides, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate can also be used.
- compositions include suspensions containing viscosity enhancing agents, such as carboxymethylcellulose or salts thereof, sorbitol, or dextran. Excipients can also contain minor amounts of additives, such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability.
- buffers include phosphate buffer, bicarbonate buffer and Tris buffer, while examples of preservatives include thimerosol, cresols, formalin and benzyl alcohol.
- the pH can be modified depending upon the mode of administration.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the compounds described herein.
- compositions can be prepared using techniques known in the art.
- the composition is prepared by admixing a micronized composition described herein with a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and/or carrier.
- admixing is defined as mixing the two components together so that there is no chemical reaction or physical interaction.
- admixing also includes the chemical reaction or physical interaction between the compound and the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound.
- micronized composition in a specified case will vary according to the specific compound being utilized, the particular compositions formulated, the mode of application, and the particular situs and subject being treated. Dosages for a given host can be determined using conventional considerations, e.g. by customary comparison of the differential activities of the subject compounds and of a known agent, e.g., by means of an appropriate conventional pharmacological protocol. Physicians and formulators, skilled in the art of determining doses of pharmaceutical compounds, will have no problems determining dose according to standard recommendations (Physician's Desk Reference, Barnhart Publishing (1999)).
- compositions described herein can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated.
- administration can be by injection, where the micronized composition is formulated into a liquid or gel.
- the micronized composition can be formulated to be applied internally to a subject.
- the micronized composition can be applied topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally, orally, or directly to the skin)
- the micronized compositions can be formulated as a topical composition applied directly to the skin.
- Formulations for topical administration can include, emulsions, creams, aqueous solutions, oils, ointments, pastes, gels, lotions, milks, foams, suspensions and powders.
- the topical composition can include one or more surfactants and/or emulsifiers. Topical application of micronized particles is particularly well suited for the treatment of burns, psoriatic sores, dermatitis, wrinkles, and the like.
- Surfactants that may be present are anionic, non-ionic, cationic and/or amphoteric surfactants.
- anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, soaps, alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkanesulfonates, olefin sulfonates, alkyl ether sulfonates, glycerol ether sulfonates, alpha-methyl ester sulfonates, sulfo fatty acids, alkyl sulphates, fatty alcohol ether sulphates, glycerol ether sulphates, fatty acid ether sulphates, hydroxy mixed ether sulphates, monoglyceride (ether) sulphates, fatty acid amide (ether) sulphates, mono- and dialkyl sulfosuccinates, mono- and dialkyl sulfosuccinamates, sulfotrigly
- acyl lactylates acyl tartrates, acyl glutamates and acyl aspartates, alkyl oligoglucoside sulphates, protein fatty acid condensates (in particular wheat-based vegetable products) and alkyl (ether) phosphates.
- non-ionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers, alkylphenol polyglycol ethers, fatty acid polyglycol esters, fatty acid amide polyglycol ethers, fatty amine polyglycol ethers, alkoxylated triglycerides, mixed ethers or mixed formals, optionally partially oxidized alk(en)yl oligoglycosides or glucoronic acid derivatives, fatty acid N-alkylglucamides, protein hydrolysates (in particular wheat-based vegetable products), polyol fatty acid esters, sugar esters, sorbitan esters, polysorbates and amine oxides.
- amphoteric or zwitterionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkylbetaines, alkylamidobetaines, aminopropionates, aminoglycinates, imidazolinium-betaines and sulfobetaines.
- the surfactant can be fatty alcohol polyglycol ether sulphates, monoglyceride sulphates, mono- and/or dialkyl sulfosuccinates, fatty acid isethionates, fatty acid sarcosinates, fatty acid taurides, fatty acid glutamates, alpha-olefinsulfonates, ether carboxylic acids, alkyl oligoglucosides, fatty acid glucamides, alkylamidobetaines, amphoacetals and/or protein fatty acid condensates.
- zwitterionic surfactants include betaines, such as N-alkyl-N,N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoalkyldimethylammonium glycinate, N-acylaminopropyl-N,N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoacylaminopropyldimethylammonium glycinate, and 2-alkyl-3-carboxymethyl-3-hydroxyethylimidazolines having in each case 8 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl or acyl group, and cocoacylaminoethylhydroxyethyl-carboxymethyl glycinate.
- betaines such as N-alkyl-N,N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoalkyldimethylammonium glycinate, N-acylaminopropyl-N,N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoacylaminoprop
- the emulsifier can be a nonionogenic surfactant selected from the following: addition products of from 2 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide and/or 0 to 5 mol of propylene oxide onto linear fatty alcohols having 8 to 22 carbon atoms, onto fatty acids having 12 to 22 carbon atoms, onto alkylphenols having 8 to 15 carbon atoms in the alkyl group, and onto alkylamines having 8 to 22 carbon atoms in the alkyl radical; alkyl and/or alkenyl oligoglycosides having 8 to 22 carbon atoms in the alk(en)yl radical and the ethoxylated analogs thereof; addition products of from 1 to 15 mol of ethylene oxide onto castor oil and/or hydrogenated castor oil; addition products of from 15 to 60 mol of ethylene oxide onto castor oil and/or hydrogenated castor oil; partial esters of glycerol and/or sorbitan with unsaturated, linear or saturated, branched fatty acids
- alkyl glucosides e.g. methyl glucoside, butyl glucoside, lauryl glucoside
- polyglucosides e.g. cellulose
- alkyl glucosides e.g. methyl glucoside, butyl glucoside, lauryl glucoside
- polyglucosides e.g. cellulose
- the emulsifier is a polyalkylene glycol such as, for example, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol.
- the emulsifier is polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight 100 Da to 5,000 Da, 200 Da to 2,500 Da, 300 Da to 1,000 Da, 400 Da to 750 Da, 550 Da to 650 Da, or about 600 Da.
- the emulsifier is a poloxamer.
- the poloxamer is a nonionic triblock copolymer composed of a central hydrophobic chain of polyoxypropylene (e.g., (poly(propylene oxide)) flanked by two hydrophilic chains of polyoxyethylene (e.g., poly(ethylene oxide)).
- poloxamer has the formula
- a is from 10 to 100, 20 to 80, 25 to 70, or 25 to 70, or from 50 to 70; b is from 5 to 250, 10 to 225, 20 to 200, 50 to 200, 100 to 200, or 150 to 200.
- the poloxamer has a molecular weight from 2,000 to 15,000, 3,000 to 14,000, or 4,000 to 12,000.
- Poloxamers useful herein are sold under the tradename Pluronic® manufactured by BASF.
- Non-limiting examples of poloxamers useful herein include, but are not limited to, Pluronic® F68, P103, P105, P123, F127, and L121.
- the emulsifier is composed of one or more fatty alcohols.
- the fatty alcohol is a liner or branched C 6 to C 35 fatty alcohol.
- fatty alcohols include, but are not limited to, capryl alcohol (1-octanol), 2-ethyl hexanol, pelargonic alcohol (1-nonanol), capric alcohol (1-decanol, decyl alcohol), undecyl alcohol (1-undecanol, undecanol, hendecanol), lauryl alcohol (dodecanol, 1-dodecanol), tridecyl alcohol (1-tridecanol, tridecanol, isotridecanol), myristyl alcohol (1-tetradecanol), pentadecyl alcohol (1-pentadecanol, pentadecanol), cetyl alcohol (1-hexadecanol), palmitoleyl alcohol (cis-9-hex
- the carrier used to produce the topical composition is a mixture polyethylene and one or more fatty alcohols.
- the carrier is composed of 50% to 99% by weight, 75% to 99% by weight, 90% to 99% by weight, or about 95% by weight polyethylene glycol and 1% to 50% by weight, 1% to 25% by weight, 1% to 10% by weight, or about 5% by weight fatty alcohol.
- the carrier is a mixture of polyethylene glycol and cetyl alcohol.
- the topical compositions can also include additional components typically present in such compositions.
- the topical composition can include one or more of the following components: fats, waxes, pearlescent waxes, bodying agents, thickeners, superfatting agents, stabilizers, polymers, silicone compounds, lecithins, phospholipids, biogenic active ingredients, deodorants, antimicrobial agents, antiperspirants, swelling agents, insect repellents, hydrotropes, solubilizers, preservatives, perfume oils and dyes. Examples of each of these components are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,044, which is incorporated by reference with respect these components.
- the topical compositions composed of the micronized compositions described herein can be prepared by mixing the particles with the carrier for a sufficient time such that the particles are evenly dispersed throughout the carrier.
- the components can be admixed with one another prior to the addition of the micronized composition.
- the amount of micronized composition present in the topical composition can vary depending upon the application. In one aspect, the micronized composition is from 0.5% to 20%, 1% to 10%, 2% to 5%, or about 3% by weight of the topical composition. Exemplary procedures for making topical compositions described herein are provided in the Examples.
- the extracts obtained from the micronized compositions described herein can be lyophilized (e.g., freeze-dried) to promote stability, preserve activity and increase shelf-life.
- lyophilized e.g., freeze-dried
- One skilled in the art would understand how to reconstitute the lyophilized product before use.
- micronized compositions described herein have numerous medical applications.
- micronized compositions composed of amnion and intermediate tissue layer can be used as dermal fillers.
- the skin is made up of three layers: the epidermis, dermis, and subcutaneous.
- the epidermis is the outer layer and functions as a barrier to the external environment.
- the dermis is the second layer of the skin containing the structural elements, which are collagen and elastin fibers.
- the collagen gives the skin its strength while the elastin fibers give the skin its elasticity.
- the dermal-epidermal junction In between the epidermis and dermis is an area termed the dermal-epidermal junction.
- rete ridges fingerlike projections, called rete ridges, increasing the surface area of the epidermis that is exposed to the blood vessels in the dermis.
- the cells of the epidermis receive its nutrients from the blood vessels in the dermis.
- the last layer of skin is the subcutaneous tissue which contains the fat cells. These fat cells make the skin look plump and youthful. It also provides insulation to the body.
- the dermal layer not only gets thinner, but also produces less collagen and the elastin fibers wear out causing a decrease in elasticity.
- These changes in the scaffolding of the skin cause the skin to wrinkle and sag.
- the rete-ridges of the dermal-epidermal junction flatten out, making the skin more fragile and easier for the skin to shear.
- the flatten rete-ridges decrease the surface area of epidermis in contact with the dermis, which leads to a decrease in the amount of nutrients available to the epidermis. This also interferes with the skin's normal repair process. In the subcutaneous layer, the fat cells get smaller with age leading to more noticeable wrinkles and sagging.
- Amnion contains growth factors such as EGF, bFGF, and PDGF that promotes wound healing and re-epithelialization.
- growth factors such as EGF, bFGF, and PDGF that promotes wound healing and re-epithelialization.
- the application of a topical composition composed of the micronized compositions described herein where the epithelial layer of the skin is disrupted can be effective in delivering the growth factors directly to the injured site to promote healing.
- Amnion is a unique ECM due to the presence of collagen types IV, V and VII, which enables the amnion to bind water and swell.
- the intermediate tissue layer of the amniotic membrane is composed largely of glycoproteins and proteoglycans, which also enables the intermediate tissue layer to bind water.
- the micronized particles when applied to the skin or wound help retain water in the skin, which facilitates wound healing.
- cell migration within the wound healing cascade is facilitated in a hydrophilic environment.
- the intermediate layer is also composed of collagen types I, III, and IV.
- Type I collagen provides mechanical strength to skin by providing a major biomechanical scaffold for cell attachment and anchorage of macromolecules.
- Type III collagen provides elasticity. Hence, by adding the intermediate tissue layer tissue to the deep dermis it will not only increase the elasticity and scaffolding of the skin, it may make it feel softer.
- proteoglycans Another important component in the intermediate tissue layer that is beneficial to skin is proteoglycans. As discussed above, proteoglycans allow the intermediate tissue layer to bind water to such a large degree and swell considerably. As noted before, the fat cells in the subcutaneous layer get smaller with age leading to more noticeable wrinkles Thus, by injecting a dermal filler composed of the micronized compositions described herein can make the skin look more noticeably plump and youthful.
- the selection of the carrier of the topical composition can also create a hydrophilic environment in the skin, which enhances wound healing.
- the size and dimension of the microparticles can also enhance dermal wound healing.
- microparticles having a particle size of 20 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, or 25 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m can be effective in dermal applications.
- the topical compositions described herein can help prevent or reduce wrinkle formation in a subject.
- the topical compositions can enhance re-epithelialization of the dermal skin layer after laser-resurfacing.
- topical compositions described herein can be used alone or in combination with other skin therapies such as, for example, moisturizers, Vitamin (A) creams, vitamin (E), recombinant hyaluronic acid, or human, animal, and natural oils (e.g., tee tree oil).
- other skin therapies such as, for example, moisturizers, Vitamin (A) creams, vitamin (E), recombinant hyaluronic acid, or human, animal, and natural oils (e.g., tee tree oil).
- the grafts described herein can be used in orthopedic applications (i.e., sports medicine).
- Sports medicine includes the repair and reconstruction of various soft-tissue injuries in or around joints caused by traumas, or chronic conditions brought about by repeated motion, in active individuals and athletes.
- sports medicine includes the treatment of a variety of different injuries associated with, but not limited to, shoulders, elbows, feet, ankles hand and wrists.
- the micronized composition when the micronized composition is formulated into a liquid, it can be injected into joint capsules in order to alleviate inflammation (e.g., tennis elbow, carpel tunnel, etc.).
- the micronized composition when the micronized composition is formulated as a gel or paste, the composition can be applied to articular surfaces in order to provide medical benefits.
- the micronized composition can help reduce inflammation or swelling of an articular surface.
- the micronized composition can help repair and/or regrow chondrocytes.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used in other orthopedic applications such as aid in the repair of periostium; help repair ruptured/damaged bursa; help secure void filling material during bone repair; or in applications involving a subject's extremities (e.g., anti-adhesion barrier for small bone fixation, anti-adhesion barrier where metal plating or hardware is used, or help repair ruptured/damaged bursa).
- the micronized compositions described herein are useful in enhancing or improving wound healing.
- the types of wounds that present themselves to physicians on a daily bases are diverse. Acute wounds are caused by surgical intervention, trauma and burns. Chronic wounds are wounds that are delayed in closing compared to healing in an otherwise healthy individual. Examples of chronic wound types plaguing patients include diabetic foot ulcers, venous leg ulcers, pressure ulcers, arterial ulcers, and surgical wounds that become infected.
- the physician's goal when treating traumatic wounds is to heal the wound while allowing the patient to retain natural function in the area of the wound with minimal scaring and infection. If a wound becomes infected, it can lead to a loss of limb or life. For the most part, physicians heal these patients without incident. However, physicians dealing with chronic wounds are mainly concerned with closing the wound as quickly as possible to minimize the risk of an infection that could lead to loss of limb or life.
- Chronic wounds are wounds on patients that have comorbidities that complicate or delay the healing cascade.
- the micronized compositions described herein can function as a tissue regeneration template that delivers essential wound healing factors, extracellular matrix proteins and inflammatory mediators to help reduce inflammation, enhance healing, and reduces scar tissue formation.
- the micronized placental compositions described herein are used in treating wounds amenable to negative pressure technology, including burns and ulcers, including chronic ulcers, diabetic ulcers, decubitus ulcers and the like.
- micronized placental tissue is used in conjunction with conventional treatments, including, but not limited to, negative pressure therapy, and may further be used in combination with matrices or scaffolds comprised of biocompatible materials, such as collagen, hyaluronic acid, gelatin or combinations thereof.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used to enhance wound healing and prevent scar formation as a result of a surgical incision.
- the micronized composition can be applied to the open incision followed by suturing the incision.
- the micronized composition can be applied directly to the open incision by sprinkling the composition within the incision or by injecting the composition into the incision using a syringe, a small bellows device, or other related device.
- the micronized compositions are particularly useful where large incisions are produced by a surgical procedure. An example of such a procedure involves the treatment of spinal scoliosis, which requires a significant incision along the back of the subject.
- micronized compositions composed of an amnion/chorion laminate where the epithelium layer is intact are useful in the healing of surgical incisions with minimal scarring.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used in combination with other wound healing products.
- any of the tissue grafts described herein that are a precursor to the micronized compositions can be applied to the wound after the micronized composition has been applied.
- the micronized compositions described herein are useful for addressing or alleviating complications to the spine and surrounding regions that occur after surgery.
- Acute and chronic spinal injuries and pain can be attributed to trauma and/or degenerative changes in the spinal column.
- the first surgical option when conservative therapy has failed is a laminectomy or micro-discectomy.
- These minimally invasive procedures are intended to relieve the pain generator or stenosis of the spinal canal. If there is progression of the disease, then other surgeries may be necessary including, but not limited to, a spinal fusion.
- Spinal fusions may be achieved through several approaches: anterior (from the front through the abdomen), posterior (from the back), or lateral (through the side).
- the goal is typically to remove the spinal disc, restore disc height and fuse the two spinal vertebrae together to limit motion and further degradation.
- Spine trauma is typically treated by fusing the spine levels or if a vertebrae is crushed, the surgeon may choose to do a corpectomy and fusing across the levels that were affected.
- the micronized compositions described herein are useful in preventing or reducing scar formation on the spine or near the spine and sealing dural tears. Scar formation at or near the spine after surgery can be very debilitating and possibly require subsequent operations to address the symptoms as discussed above.
- the term “anti-adhesion” is also used in the art to refer to the prevention of scar tissue at or near the spine.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used as a protective barrier, where the composition protects the spinal dura from post-surgical trauma from the surrounding surgical site. For example, the composition can prevent damage to the spinal dura caused by sharp edges from newly cut bone such as vertebrae.
- the micronized compositions can be used for anterior lumbar interbody fusion, posterior lumbar interbody fusion trans-lumbar interbody fusion, anterior cervical discectomy and fusion, micro discectomy, spinal dura repair, and as a dura sealant to prevent CSF leakage.
- the micronized composition can be applied directly to the spinal dura, the surrounding region of the spine to include nerve roots, or a combination thereof. Due to the unique structure of vertebrae, the micronized composition can be placed and affixed at the appropriate position in the subject. The micronized compositions can also provide proximal and distal barrier coverage where the spinal lamina has been removed for exposure to the affected area.
- the micronized compositions are useful in preventing or reducing scar formation that can result from a variety of surgical procedures associated with the spine.
- the micronized compositions can be used after any procedure in the neck, mid-back, or lower back.
- the epithelium of the amnion can be substantially removed.
- posterior procedures such as a laminectomy or discectomy
- the epithelium layer of the amnion is substantially removed. Removal of the epithelial cell layer exposes the amnion's basement membrane layer, which increases cell signaling characteristics. This up regulation response enhances cellular migration and expression of anti-inflammatory proteins, which inhibits fibrosis.
- the spinal dura is typically left unprotected following posterior procedures.
- the epithelial cell layer of the amnion is not removed.
- the amnion epithelium layer is not removed and remains intact.
- the micronized compositions provide additional protection to the vertebral surgical site by maintaining separation from the peritoneum, larger vessels, and abdominal musculature.
- the micronized composition serves as a reduced friction anatomical barrier against adhesions and scaring.
- the micronized composition can prevent scar tissue binding major blood vessels to the spine. This is a common problem with post-spinal surgery, which requires a second surgical procedure to address this.
- the micronized compositions formulated as a liquid, gel, or putty may be used in dental surgery to reduce inflammation related to gingivitis, periodontitis, mucositis, and peri-implantitis, treatment of periodontal intra-bony defects to regenerate new bone, periodontal ligament, and cementum, regenerate lost bone around dental implants, increase the amount of clinical attachment following osseous contouring, treatment of gingival recession, regeneration of interdental papilla, either through surgical reconstruction or by directly injecting the papilla to increase size and thickness, applied over the top of a barrier membrane or biocompatible mesh in alveolar vertical and horizontal bone augmentations, applied over the surgical site after primary closure to aid in healing, applied onto autograft, xenograft, alloplast, caderivic allograft or placental allograft soft tissue graft, either before, during, or after placement of the soft tissue graft in the treatment of gingival recession, increasing the amount of clinical attachment, gingival augmentation
- the micronized compositions can be used to repair peripheral nerves.
- the micronized composition can be placed on a repaired nerve to prevent scar formation onto the healing nerve.
- the micronized composition can also provide a protective enclosed environment for the repair to progress successfully.
- the micronized compositions can be manufactured into a nerve regeneration tube to guide nerve growth in a protective environment where the nerve ends cannot be re-approximated.
- nerves can re-attach up to a certain distance if the ends are allowed to meet freely without other soft tissue interfering.
- the micronized compositions can be used to wrap nerve bundles after prostatectomy procedures. These nerves are responsible for erectile function and possible continence.
- the micronized compositions can be applied on the nerves to keep them from scarring and possibly damaging the nerves.
- the micronized compositions can be used in obstetrics and gynecological (OB/GYN) surgical procedures involving the treatment of diseases that may be related to the fertility of the female, pain caused by the reproductive system or cancer in the reproductive system.
- O/GYN obstetrics and gynecological
- These procedures include the removal of uterine fibroids (myomectomy), removal of ovarian cysts, tubal ligations, endometriosis treatments, removal of some cancerous or non-cancerous tumors, and vaginal slings. These procedures may be completed through a transvaginal, abdominal or laproscopical approach.
- the micronized compositions can be used as a patch to reduce the amount of scar tissue in the reproductive system after a surgical procedure. Scar tissue is another form of fibrous tissue and may also contribute to fertility problems. The ability to minimize the amount of scaring on the ovaries, or within the fallopian tubes may help with post-operative fertility and even pain.
- the micronized compositions can be used to reline the uterine wall after severe endometriosis treatments and increase the patient's ability to conceive.
- the micronized compositions can be used as an anti-adhesion barrier after removal of ovarian cyst or aid in the repair of vaginal wall erosion.
- the micronized compositions can be used in cardiac applications.
- Angina is severe chest pain due to ischemia (a lack of blood, thus a lack of oxygen supply) of the heart muscle, generally due to obstruction or spasm of the coronary arteries (the heart's blood vessels).
- Coronary artery disease the main cause of angina, is due to atherosclerosis of the cardiac arteries.
- Various open cardiac and vascular surgery procedures to remove atherosclerotic clots require the repair, reconstruction and closure of the vessel, and the support of a regenerative tissue patch to close and patch the surgical defect.
- Heart by-pass grafts and heart defect reconstruction (as part of an open-heart surgical procedure) also can benefit from a patch or graft to provide a buttress to soft-tissue weakness, tissue replacement if there is a lack of suitable tissue, and also the potential to reduce adhesions to the heart itself.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used as a patch to support the repair of vascular and cardiac defects caused by operations and complications such as carotid artery repair, coronary artery bypass grafting, congenital heart disease, heart valve repair, and vascular repair (i.e. peripheral vessels).
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used in general surgery procedures.
- general surgical procedures include procedures related to the abdominal cavity. These include the intestines, stomach, colon, liver, gallbladder, appendix, bile ducts and thyroid glands. Procedures may include hernias, polypectomy, cancer removal, surgical treatment of Crohn's and ulcerative colitis. These procedures may be done open or laparoscopically.
- the micronized compositions can be used to facilitate closure of anastomosis, an anti-adhesion barrier for anastomosis, or an anti-adhesion barrier for hernia repair.
- the micronized compositions can be used in ear, nose, and throat (ENT) procedures.
- Tympanoplasty is performed for the reconstruction of the eardrum (tympanic membrane) and/or the small bones of the middle ear.
- eardrum tympanic membrane
- Tympanoplasty can be performed through the ear canal or through an incision behind the ear. Here, the surgeon harvests a graft from the tissues under the skin around the ear and uses it to reconstruct the eardrum.
- micronized compositions described herein can be used to prevent the additional trauma associated with harvesting the patients' own tissue and save time in surgery.
- the micronized compositions can be used as a wound covering after adenoidectomy, a wound cover after tonsillectomy, or facilitate repair of the Sniderian membrane.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used in plastic surgery procedures.
- Scar revision is surgery to improve or reduce the appearance of scars. It also restores function and corrects skin changes (disfigurement) caused by an injury, wound, or previous surgery.
- Scar tissue forms as skin heals after an injury or surgery. The amount of scarring may be determined by the wound size, depth, and location; the person's age; heredity; and skin characteristics including skin color (pigmentation).
- Surgery involves excision of the scar and careful closure of the defect.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be used as a patch to aid in the healing and prevention of scars; and keloid or cancer revision/removal where careful approximation of soft-tissue edges is not achievable and scar tissue can result. Additionally, the anti-inflammatory properties of the micronized compositions can enhance healing as well.
- the micronized compositions can be used in ophthalmological applications (e.g., on-lay grafts ocular surface repair) or urological applications (e.g., facilitate closure of the vas deferens during vasectomy reversal or facilitate closure of the vas deferens resulting from trauma).
- ophthalmological applications e.g., on-lay grafts ocular surface repair
- urological applications e.g., facilitate closure of the vas deferens during vasectomy reversal or facilitate closure of the vas deferens resulting from trauma.
- the micronized compositions can be used in cranial dura repair and replacement, in the elimination of a frenum pull, the regeneration of lost patella tissue, the repair of the Schneiderian membrane in the sinus cavity, soft tissue around dental implants, vestibuloplasty, and guided tissue regeneration.
- the size of the particles can also vary depending upon their application.
- micronized particles having a larger particle size can be used in several applications.
- the micronized particles e.g., micronized amnion/chorion tissue graft
- the micronized particles having a particle size from 150 ⁇ m to 350 ⁇ m can be effective in wound healing where it is desirable to reduce or prevent scar formation and enhance soft tissue healing.
- the micronized particles can be injected directly into the wound. A variety of different wounds can be treated with the micronized particles.
- the micronized particles can be used to heal dermal wounds.
- the micronized particles can be administered at any depth within the dermal tissue of a subject (e.g., sub-cutaneous, sub-dermal, etc.).
- the micronized particles are useful in healing diabetic ulcers (e.g., foot ulcers).
- the dermal wounds can be tracking wounds (i.e., deep wounds that extend into the muscle tissue).
- the larger micronized particles can be administered intramuscularly as void packing materials for deep, large wounds.
- the larger particles with greater surface area are also capable of absorbing more fluids relative to the smaller particles.
- the larger particle size prevents or minimizes the possibility of the particles migrating from the wound site by blood or other physiological fluids. This feature can further enhance wound healing.
- the ability of the larger particles to absorb fluids makes the particles hemostatic agents, where the particles can facilitate clotting with blood and other physiological fluids in the wound.
- the larger particles can be admixed and re-hydrated with any excipient suitable for injection including, but not limited to, saline, blood, growth factor solutions, and the like.
- the ability of the larger micronized particles to absorb fluids permits them to be admixed with a variety of substances (e.g., any of the bioactive agents described herein) to produce pharmaceutical compositions with enhanced activity.
- the larger particles can be mixed with additional hemostatic agents, such as antifibrinolytics, vitamin K, fibrinogen, and blood coagulation factors, to enhance blood clotting at a wound.
- the larger particles can be admixed with autogeneous materials such as bone derived from the patient.
- the micronized particles can be administered directly to the periosteal interface.
- the larger micronized particles can be admixed with fibrin glues to enhance wound healing.
- the micronized particles can enhance the ability of the fibrin glue to form fibrin clots and enhance tissue repair.
- the larger particles in combination with the fibrin glue can further reduce the need of sutures typically used to close wounds.
- the particle size of the micronized placental components can be reduced to nano-range, thereby significantly increasing the density of the micronized particles and improving the release rate of the micronized particles upon application to wounds or other treatment sites.
- the micronized placental components can be subjected to conventional methods known in the art, including differential centrifugation, thereby reducing the particle size to nano-range. Particle size reduction using a suitable technology or device is within the purview of one skilled in the art.
- the micronized particles can be embedded into the surface of the amnion or chorion which is to contact the tissue surface. Conventional technology such as high velocity sprayer can result in surface loading of the micronized particles so as to result in enhanced release rates of growth factors and the like into the tissue.
- micronized compositions described herein can be applied directly to the tissue of a subject, they can also be applied to a wound dressing that can subsequently be applied to the subject.
- the wound dressing can be gauze, a bandage or wrap, or any other suitable article capable of containing or affixing the micronized composition that can be applied directly to a subject.
- the micronized compositions described herein can be applied to a medical device such as, for example, an implantable medical device.
- Implantable medical devices can be coated with one or more micronized compositions described herein to provide the device with beneficial properties when used in living tissue (e.g., enhanced wound healing and the prevention of scaring).
- implantable devices that can be coated with the micronized compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, coronary stents, peripheral stents, implants (e.g., dental, orthopedic, spinal), catheters, arterio-venous grafts, by-pass grafts, pacemaker and defibrillator leads, anastomotic clips, arterial closure devices, patent foramen ovale closure devices, and drug delivery balloons.
- the implantable device can be made of any suitable biocompatible materials, including biostable and bioabsorbable materials.
- Suitable biocompatible metallic materials include, but are not limited to, stainless steel, tantalum, titanium alloys (including nitinol), and cobalt alloys (including cobalt-Chromium-nickel and cobalt-chromium-tungsten alloys).
- Suitable nonmetallic biocompatible materials include, but are not limited to, polyamides, fluoropolymers, polyolefins (i.e. polypropylene, polyethylene etc.), nonabsorbable polyesters (i.e. polyethylene terephthalate), and bioabsorbable aliphatic polyesters (i.e. homopolymers and copolymers of lactic acid, glycolic acid, lactide, glycolide, para-dioxanone, trimethylene carbonate, epsilon-caprolactone, and the like, and combinations of these).
- the micronized compositions described herein can be applied to wound healing devices.
- the wound healing device can be a bandage, wrap, gauze, suture, or any other device used to treat wound.
- the micronized composition can be coated on and/or impregnated within the device.
- the wound healing device can be a membrane or graft used in wound healing applications, where the micronized composition is coated on one or more sides of the membrane or graft.
- any of the tissue grafts described herein that are a precursor to the micronized compositions can be coated with the micronized compositions.
- the micronized placental tissue may be applied to the surface of a membrane by first depositing the micronized placental tissue onto a non-stick surface such as Teflon® and subsequently thereafter contacting one or both surfaces of the membrane with the deposited micronized placental tissue to absorb the micronized placental tissue onto the interior surface of the membrane.
- the non-stick surface can be sterilized according to conventional methods prior to deposition of the micronized placental tissue.
- the membrane or graft can be provided in a wet form to facilitate adhesion of the micronized placental tissue to the membrane.
- a second membrane can be later applied onto the first membrane containing the micronized placental tissue to produce a tissue graft.
- micronized compositions can be applied to a medical device using any techniques known to those skilled in the art or those that may be developed for applying a coating to a medical device. Examples of suitable techniques for applying the coating to the medical device include spraying, dip coating, roll coating, spin coating, powder coating, and direct application by brush or needle. One skilled in the art will appreciate the many different techniques in powder coating.
- the micronized compositions can be applied directly to the surface of the implant device, or they can be applied over a primer or other coating material.
- the constructs composed of the micronized compositions described herein have numerous applications.
- the construct can be tailor-made for the application. For example, if the construct is going to be used in hard bone repair or weight bearing applications, a dense construct can be produced from micronized particles described herein with a smaller particle sizes.
- a softer or spongy construct is needed (e.g., a filling for a bony defect after the removal of a cyst), the construct can be made from micronized particles having a larger particle size.
- the constructs described herein can be used in orthopedic applications such as, for example, bone void filling, osteochondral repair, and articular surface repair.
- the constructs can be used in spine applications such as, for example, void filling as well as provide structural support.
- the constructs can be used as socket bone filler after tooth extraction.
- the constructs may be used as a block graft and fixed into place using bone tacks or screws in vertical and horizontal alveolar bone augmentations.
- the three-dimensional constructs can be used in combination with any of the placental tissue described herein.
- one or more placental tissues such as, for example, a layer of amnion, chorion, or a laminate of amnion and/or chorion can be affixed to construct.
- the construct can be inserted into a wound or void, where the amnion, chorion, or laminate is on the outside of the wound and holds the construct in place, much like a bandage.
- extracts of the micronized placental components have various applications in pharmaceutical, cosmetic, or cosmeceutical field.
- the saline extract of the micronized placental components containing cytokines and growth factors may be used for direct application, e.g., in a solution, such as ocular drops.
- the saline extract can be used for direct injection to facilitate wound healing, such as knee injections.
- the extract may be combined with one or more pharmaceutical or cosmetic products to promote the therapeutic effect or function of such products.
- additional components such as antibiotics, preservatives, etc. may be added to the extract before, during, or after the preparation of the extract.
- reaction conditions e.g., component concentrations, desired solvents, solvent mixtures, temperatures, pressures and other reaction ranges and conditions that can be used to optimize the product purity and yield obtained from the described process. Only reasonable and routine experimentation will be required to optimize such process conditions.
- the micronized human amniotic membrane injectable was composed of human amnion as described above and intermediate layer tissue obtained from placenta tissue originated in a hospital, where it is collected during a Cesarean section birth.
- the micronization of the tissue was performed using a Retsch Oscillating Mill MM400.
- Phosphate buffer was used as a carrier.
- the ratio of the injectable was 50 mg/mL.
- the concentration ratio was 60% (21 mg) amnion and 40% (14 mg) intermediate tissue layer with 0.70 mL of phosphate buffer.
- the micronized composition can be administered as a dermal filler with a 27 gauge needle in the deep dermis region. A suitable dose would be 0.5 cc to 1.0 cc of the composition described above.
- Amnion/chorion tissue grafts used here to produce the micronized particles were produced by the process described in US 2008/0046095, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Tissue grafts (4 cm ⁇ 3 cm) and two 9.5 mm steel grinding balls were placed in 50 mL vials and the vials subsequently sealed.
- the vials were placed in the Cryo-block, and the Cryo-block was placed in a Cryo-rack.
- the Cryo-rack was placed into a liquid nitrogen holding Dewar. Tissue samples were subjected to vapor phase cooling for no more than 30-60 minutes.
- the Cryo-rack was removed from the Dewar, and the Cryo-block was removed from the Cryo-rack.
- the Cryo-block was placed into the Grinder (SPEX Sample Prep GenoGrinder 2010) and set at 1,500 rpm for 20 minutes. After 20 minutes has elapsed, the tissue is inspected to ensure micronization. If necessary, the tissue can be placed back into the Dewar for an additional 30-60 minutes, and moved to the grinder for an additional 20 minutes to ensure sufficient micronization. Once the tissue is sufficiently micronized it is sorted using a series of American Standard ASTM sieves. The sieves were placed in the following order: 355 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, and 125 ⁇ m. The micronized material was transferred from the 50 mL vials to the 355 ⁇ m sieve.
- micronized particles having particle sizes of 355 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, and 125 ⁇ m were collected in separate vials.
- PEG 600 polyethylene glycol 600
- cetyl alcohol 5% cetyl alcohol
- 10% water 95% polyethylene glycol (PEG) 600
- PEG 600 was poured into a beaker and warmed to 45° C. While stirring under heat, water was added to the beaker. After thoroughly mixing for five minutes, cetyl alcohol was then added while continuing to stir under heat for five more minutes. The mixture was then allowed to cool at room temperature for five minutes.
- Micronized amnion chorion produced in Example 2 above was then added to the mixture above to produce a 3% by weight lotion.
- the mixture was stirred constantly for three to five minutes at room temperature.
- the lotion was then placed into a refrigerator at 4° C. for fifteen minutes to cool.
- the final lotion has a heavy cream type consistency or viscosity. When applied directly to the skin, the lotion provides a slight moisturizing sheen with full uptake of amnion particulate material.
- EpiFix® Surgical Biologics, Inc., Kennesaw, Ga.
- extracts of EpiFix were prepared by incubating samples of EpiFix in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium at 4° C. for 18 hours. Two extraction ratios were examined: 10 mg and 5 mg dry EpiFix per ml of culture medium. The extracts were removed following separation from the EpiFix and used immediately to treat the cultured cells.
- Human dermal fibroblasts were plated in cell culture treated 96-well plates with 1600 cells/well. The cells were allowed to attach overnight. The culture medium was removed and the wells were washed with phosphate buffered saline to remove unattached cells. Five wells each were treated with one of the following conditions: Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium was used as a negative control; whereas Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium containing 10% calf serum was used as a positive control. The proliferation effects of Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium containing 10 mg/ml EpiFix extract and 5 mg/ml EpiFix extract, respectively, were examined.
- EpiFix extracts at both concentrations tested caused an increase in cell number in comparison to the negative control.
- the 10 mg/ml concentration was more effective than the 5 mg/ml concentration in cell proliferation.
- EpiFix contains one or more soluble growth factors that can be extracted in cell culture medium that cause human dermal fibroblasts to proliferate.
- EpiFix used in the example above can be replaced with any placental tissue, including amnion, chorion, Wharton's jelly or any component that makes up the placenta, and combinations thereof.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Botany (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Environmental Sciences (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Drying Of Solid Materials (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/683,700, filed Aug. 15, 2012, which application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- This invention is directed to micronized placental particles, compositions comprising such particles, extracts from such particles, and methods of using such compositions or extracts.
- 2. State of the Art
- Placental tissue is known in the art as a basis for wound coverings. Typically, the placental tissue is harvested after an elective Cesarean surgery. The placenta is composed of an amniotic membrane which has two primary layers of tissue, amnion and chorion. Amnion tissue is the innermost layer of the amniotic sac and in direct contact with the amniotic fluid. The amniotic sac contains the amniotic fluid and protects the fetal environment. Histological evaluation indicates that the membrane layers of the amnion consist of a single layer of epithelium cells, thin reticular fibers (basement membrane), a thick compact layer, and a fibroblast layer. The fibrous layer of amnion (i.e., the basement membrane) contains collagen types IV, V, and VII, and cell-adhesion bio-active factors including fibronectin and laminins Heretofore, wound covering comprising placental tissue components typically were in the form of grafts wherein individual layers such as the amnion and/or chorion layer formed a discreet component of the graft. Described herein is unique approach to using placental tissue components in wound healing and other medical applications.
- This invention is directed, in part, to the discovery that compositions composed of micronized placental components, extracts from micronized placental components, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof impart significant benefits when used alone or as part of a wound covering or implant. Accordingly, these compositions comprising micronized placental components and extracts from micronized placental components have numerous medical applications.
- This invention is also directed to methods for making and using the compositions comprising micronized placental components or extracts from micronized placental components.
- Several of the advantages of this invention are set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the aspects described below. The advantages described below will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive.
- The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate several aspects described below.
-
FIG. 1 is an overview flow chart of the process for making the micronized compositions described herein. -
FIG. 2 demonstrates the cell proliferation effects of extracts from micronized compositions. -
FIG. 3 shows a forward perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein. -
FIG. 4 shows an overhead perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein. -
FIG. 5 shows a side perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein. -
FIG. 6 shows a back perspective view of a dehydration device as described herein. - Before the present invention is disclosed and described, it is to be understood that the aspects described below are not limited to specific compositions, methods or preparing such compositions, or uses thereof as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only and is not intended to be limiting.
- In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will be made to a number of terms that shall be defined to have the following meanings:
- It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a bioactive agent” includes mixtures of two or more such agents, and the like.
- “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. For example, the phrase “optionally cleaning step” means that the cleaning step may or may not be performed.
- The term “comprising” is intended to mean that the compositions and methods include the recited elements, but not excluding others. “Consisting essentially of” when used to define compositions and methods, shall mean excluding other elements of any essential significance to the combination. For example, a composition consisting essentially of the elements as defined herein would not exclude other elements that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s) of the claimed invention. “Consisting of” shall mean excluding more than trace amount of other ingredients and substantial method steps recited. Embodiments defined by each of these transition terms are within the scope of this invention.
- The term “subject” as used herein is any vertebrate organism including but not limited to mammalian subjects such as humans, farm animals, domesticated pets and the like.
- The term “amnion” as used herein includes amniotic membrane where the intermediate tissue layer is intact or has been substantially removed.
- The term “placental tissue” refers to any and all of the well known components of the placenta including but not limited to amnion, chorion, Wharton's Jelly, and the like. In one preferred embodiment, the placental tissue does not include any of the umbilical cord components (e.g., Wharton's jelly, umbilical cord vein and artery, and surrounding membrane).
- The term “about” when used before a numerical value indicates that the value may vary within a reasonable range, such as ±5%, ±1%, and ±0.2%.
- The following abbreviations are used throughout the specification, and have the following meanings:
- ° C.=degrees Celsius
- cm=centimeter
- Da=dalton
- DI=de-ionized
- DMSO=dimethyl sulfoxide
- EDTA=ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
- M=molar concentration (mol/L)
- mg=milligram
- ml=milliliter
- mm=millimeter
- PBS=phosphate buffered saline
- rpm=rounds per minute
- μm=micrometer
- Titles or subtitles may be used in the specification for the convenience of a reader, which are not intended to influence the scope of the present invention. Additionally, some terms used in this specification are more specifically defined below.
- I. Compositions Comprising Micronized Placental Components or Extracts from Micronized Placental Components and Methods for Making Thereof
- Described herein are compositions comprising micronized placental components and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. Compositions comprising micronized placental components are described in PCT Application No. PCT/US12/24798, as well as in U.S. provisional application Ser. Nos. 61/442,346 and 61/543,995. The contents of these applications are specifically incorporated by reference in their entireties.
- In one aspect, the invention is directed to a composition that comprises (a) micronized amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- In another aspect, the invention encompasses an extract containing the growth factors and/or cytokines of the micronized amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof. The extract is a saline extract, a sterile water extract, or an extract using any suitable buffer known in the art, of the micronized placental components. Preferably, the extract is used for direct application, e.g., in the form of ocular drops, for knee injections, or for cosmeceutical uses.
- In a related aspect, separation of the extract is conducted such that the remaining micronized placental components still contain a significant amount of growth factors.
- In a further aspect, the composition comprises micronized amnion and intermediate tissue layer. In another aspect, the composition comprises micronized amnion and chorion.
-
FIG. 1 depicts an overview (100) and certain aspects of the steps to harvest, process, and prepare placental material for use in the preparation of the micronized compositions described herein. More detailed descriptions and discussion regarding each individual step will follow. Initially, the placental tissue is collected from a consenting patient following an elective Cesarean surgery (step 110). The material is preserved and transported in conventional tissue preservation manner to a suitable processing location or facility for check-in and evaluation (step 120). Gross processing, handling, and separation of the tissue layers then takes place (step 130). Acceptable tissue is then decontaminated (step 140) and dehydrated (step 145). After decontamination and dehydration, the placental components (e.g., amnion, intermediate tissue layer and/or chorion individually or as grafts) are then micronized (step 150). Each step is described in detail below. - The components used to produce the micronized compositions described herein are derived from the placenta. The source of the placenta can vary. In one aspect, the placenta is derived from a mammal such as human and other animals including, but not limited to, cows, pigs, and the like can be used herein. In the case of humans, the recovery of the placenta originates in a hospital, where it is preferably collected during a Cesarean section birth. The donor, referring to the mother who is about to give birth, voluntarily submits to a comprehensive screening process designed to provide the safest tissue possible for transplantation. The screening process preferably tests for antibodies to the human immunodeficiency virus type 1 and type 2 (anti-HIV-1 and anti-HIV-2), antibodies to the hepatitis B virus (anti-HBV) hepatitis B surface antigens (HBsAg), antibodies to the hepatitis C virus (anti-HCV), antibodies to the human T-lymphotropic virus type I and type II (anti-HTLV-I, anti-HTLV-II), cytomegalovirus (CMV), and syphilis, and nucleic acid testing for human immune-deficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) and for the hepatitis C virus (HCV), using conventional serological tests. The above list of tests is exemplary only, as more, fewer, or different tests may be desired or necessary over time or based upon the intended use of the grafts, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art.
- Based upon a review of the donor's information and screening test results, the donor will either be deemed acceptable or not. In addition, at the time of delivery, cultures are taken to determine the presence of bacteria, for example, Clostridium or Streptococcus. If the donor's information, screening tests, and the delivery cultures are all satisfactory (i.e., do not indicate any risks or indicate acceptable level of risk), the donor is approved by a medical director and the tissue specimen is designated as initially eligible for further processing and evaluation.
- Human placentas that meet the above selection criteria are preferably bagged in a saline solution in a sterile shipment bag and stored in a container of wet ice for shipment to a processing location or laboratory for further processing.
- If the placenta is collected prior to the completion of obtaining the results from the screening tests and delivery cultures, such tissue is labeled and kept in quarantine. The placenta is approved for further processing only after the required screening assessments and delivery cultures, which declare the tissue safe for handling and use, are satisfied and obtains final approval from a medical director.
- Upon arrival at the processing center or laboratory, the shipment is opened and verified that the sterile shipment bag/container is still sealed and in the coolant, that the appropriate donor paperwork is present, and that the donor number on the paperwork matches the number on the sterile shipment bag containing the tissue. The sterile shipment bag containing the tissue is then stored in a refrigerator until ready for further processing.
- When the tissue is ready to be processed further, the sterile supplies necessary for processing the placental tissue further are assembled in a staging area in a controlled environment and are prepared for introduction into a controlled environment. In one aspect, the placenta is processed at room temperature. If the controlled environment is a manufacturing hood, the sterile supplies are opened and placed into the hood using conventional sterilization techniques. If the controlled environment is a clean room, the sterile supplies are opened and placed on a cart covered by a sterile drape. All the work surfaces are covered by a piece of sterile drape using conventional sterilization techniques, and the sterile supplies and the processing equipment are placed onto the sterile drape, again using conventional sterilization techniques.
- Processing equipment is decontaminated according to conventional and industry-approved decontamination procedures and then introduced into the controlled environment. The equipment is strategically placed within the controlled environment to minimize the chance for the equipment to come in proximity to or be inadvertently contaminated by the tissue specimen.
- Next, the placenta is removed from the sterile shipment bag and transferred aseptically to a sterile processing basin within the controlled environment. The sterile basin contains hyperisotonic saline solution (e.g., 18% NaCl) that is at room or near room temperature. The placenta is gently massaged to help separate blood clots and to allow the placental tissue to reach room temperature, which facilitates the separation of the placental components from each other (e.g., amnion membrane and chorion). After having warmed up to ambient temperature (e.g., after about 10-30 minutes), the placenta is then removed from the sterile processing basin and laid flat on a processing tray with the amnion membrane layer facing down for inspection.
- The placenta is examined for discoloration, debris or other contamination, odor, and signs of damage. The size of the tissue is also noted. A determination is made, at this point, as to whether the tissue is acceptable for further processing.
- The amnion and chorion are next carefully separated. In one aspect, the materials and equipment used in this procedure include a processing tray, 18% saline solution, sterile 4×4 sponges, and two sterile Nalgene jars. The placenta tissue is then closely examined to find an area (typically a corner) in which the amnion can be separated from the chorion. The amnion appears as a thin, opaque layer on the chorion.
- The fibroblast layer is identified by gently contacting each side of the amnion with a piece of sterile gauze or a cotton tipped applicator. The fibroblast layer will stick to the test material. The amnion is placed into processing tray basement membrane layer down. Using a blunt instrument, a cell scraper, or sterile gauze, any residual blood is also removed. This step must be done with adequate care, again, so as not to tear the amnion. The cleaning of the amnion is complete once the amnion is smooth and opaque-white in appearance.
- In certain aspects, the intermediate tissue layer, also referred to as the spongy layer, is substantially removed from the amnion in order to expose the fibroblast layer. The term “substantially removed” with respect to the amount of intermediate tissue layer removed is defined herein as removing greater than 90%, greater than 95%, or greater than 99% of the intermediate tissue layer from the amnion. This can be performed by peeling the intermediate tissue layer from the amnion. Alternatively, the intermediate tissue layer can be removed from the amnion by wiping the intermediate tissue layer with gauze or other suitable wipe. The resulting amnion can be subsequently decontaminated using the process described below.
- In certain aspects, the epithelium layer present on the amnion is substantially removed in order to expose the basement layer of the amnion. The term “substantially removed” with respect to the amount of epithelium removed is defined herein as removing greater than 90%, greater than 95%, or greater than 99% of the epithelial cells from the amnion. The presence or absence of epithelial cells remaining on the amnion layer can be evaluated using techniques known in the art. For example, after removal of the epithelial cell layer, a representative tissue sample from the processing lot is placed onto a standard microscope examination slide. The tissue sample is then stained using Eosin Y Stain and evaluated as described below. The sample is then covered and allowed to stand. Once an adequate amount of time has passed to allow for staining, visual observation is done under magnification.
- The epithelium layer can be removed by techniques known in the art. For example, the epithelium layer can be scraped off of the amnion using a cell scraper. Other techniques include, but are not limited to, freezing the membrane, physical removal using a cell scraper, or exposing the epithelial cells to nonionic detergents, anionic detergents, and nucleases. The de-epithelialized tissue is then evaluated to determine that the basement membrane has not been compromised and remains intact. This step is performed after completion of the processing step and before the tissue has been dehydrated as described in the next section. For example, a representative sample graft is removed for microscopic analysis. The tissue sample is place onto a standard slide, stained with Eosin Y and viewed under the microscope. If epithelium is present, it will appear as cobblestone-shaped cells.
- The methods described herein do not remove all cellular components in the amnion. This technique is referred to in the art as “decellularization.” Decellularization generally involves the physical and/or chemical removal of all cells present in the amnion, which includes epithelial cells and fibroblast cells. For example, although the removal of epithelial cells is optional, the fibroblast layer present in the amnion stromal layer is intact, even if the intermediate tissue layer is removed. Here, fibroblast cells are present in the fibroblast layer.
- When the placental tissue is Wharton's jelly, the following exemplary procedure can be used. Using a scalpel or scissors, the umbilical cord is dissected away from the chorionic disk. Once the veins and the artery have been identified, the cord is dissected lengthwise down one of the veins or the artery. Once the umbilical cord has been dissected, surgical scissors and forceps can be used to dissect the vein and artery walls from the Wharton's jelly. Next, the outer layer of amnion is removed from the Wharton's jelly by cutting the amnion. Here, the outer membrane of the umbilical cord is removed such that Wharton's jelly is the only remaining component. Thus, the Wharton's jelly as used herein does not include the outer umbilical cord membrane and umbilical cord vessels. The Wharton's jelly can be cut into strips. In one aspect, the strips are approximately 1-4 cm by 10-30 cm with an approximate thickness of 1.25 cm; however, other thicknesses are possible depending on the application.
- The placental tissue can be chemically decontaminated using the techniques described below. In one aspect, the amnion is decontaminated at room temperature. In one aspect, the amnion produced in step 130 (e.g., with or without the intermediate tissue layer) can be placed into a sterile Nalgene jar for the next step. In one aspect, the following procedure can be used to clean the amnion. A Nalgene jar is aseptically filled with 18% saline hypertonic solution and sealed (or sealed with a top). The jar is then placed on a rocker platform and agitated for between 30 and 90 minutes, which further cleans the amnion of contaminants. If the rocker platform was not in the critical environment (e.g., the manufacturing hood), the Nalgene jar is returned to the controlled/sterile environment and opened. Using sterile forceps or by aseptically decanting the contents, the amnion is gently removed from the Nalgene jar containing the 18% hyperisotonic saline solution and placed into an empty Nalgene jar. This empty Nalgene jar with the amnion is then aseptically filled with a pre-mixed antibiotic solution. In one aspect, the premixed antibiotic solution is composed of a cocktail of antibiotics, such as Streptomycin Sulfate and Gentamicin Sulfate. Other antibiotics, such as Polymixin B Sulfate and Bacitracin, or similar antibiotics now available or available in the future, are also suitable. Additionally, it is preferred that the antibiotic solution be at room temperature when added so that it does not change the temperature of or otherwise damage the amnion. This jar or container containing the amnion and antibiotics is then sealed or closed and placed on a rocker platform and agitated for, preferably, between 60 and 90 minutes. Such rocking or agitation of the amnion within the antibiotic solution further cleans the tissue of contaminants and bacteria. Optionally, the amnion can be washed with a detergent. In one aspect, the amnion can be washed with 0.1 to 10%, 0.1 to 5%, 0.1 to 1%, or 0.5% Triton-X wash solution.
- If the rocker platform was not in the critical environment (e.g., the manufacturing hood), the jar or container containing the amnion and antibiotics is then returned to the critical/sterile environment and opened. Using sterile forceps, the amnion is gently removed from the jar or container and placed in a sterile basin containing sterile water or normal saline (0.9% saline solution). The amnion is allowed to soak in place in the sterile water/normal saline solution for at least 10 to 15 minutes. The amnion may be slightly agitated to facilitate removal of the antibiotic solution and any other contaminants from the tissue. After at least 10 to 15 minutes, the amnion is ready to be dehydrated and processed further.
- In the case of chorion, the following exemplary procedure can be used. After separation of the chorion from the amnion and removal of clotted blood from the fibrous layer, the chorion is rinsed in 18% saline solution for 15 minutes to 60 minutes. During the first rinse cycle, 18% saline is heated in a sterile container using a laboratory heating plate such that the solution temperature is approximately 48° C. The solution is decanted, the chorion tissue is placed into the sterile container, and decanted saline solution is poured into the container. The container is sealed and placed on a rocker plate and agitated for 15 minutes to 60 minutes. After 1 hour agitation bath, the chorion tissue was removed and placed into second heated agitation bath for an additional 15 minutes to 60 minutes rinse cycle. Optionally, the chorion tissue can be washed with a detergent (e.g., Triton-X wash solution) as discussed above for the decontamination of amnion. The container is sealed and agitated without heat for 15 minutes to 120 minutes. The chorion tissue is next washed with deionized water (250 ml of DI water×4) with vigorous motion for each rinse. The tissue is removed and placed into a container of 1×PBS with EDTA solution. The container is sealed and agitated at controlled temperature for 1-8 hours. The chorion tissue is removed and rinsed using sterile water. A visual inspection was performed to remove any remaining discolored fibrous blood material from the chorion tissue. The chorion tissue should have a cream white visual appearance with no evidence of brownish discoloration.
- The following exemplary procedure can be used when the placental tissue is Wharton's jelly. The Wharton's jelly is transferred to a sterile Nalgene jar. Next, room temperature 18% hypertonic saline solution is added to rinse the tissue and the jar is sealed. The jar is agitated for 30 to 60 minutes. After incubation, the jar is decontaminated and returned to the sterile field. The tissue is transferred to a clean sterile Nalgene jar and prewarmed (about 48° C.) with 18% NaCl. The container is sealed and placed on rocker plate and agitated for 60 to 90 minutes.
- After the rinse, the jar is decontaminated and returned to the sterile field. The tissue is removed and placed into an antibiotic solution. The container is sealed and agitated for 60 to 90 minutes on a rocker platform. Following incubation, the jar may be refrigerated at 1° C. to 10° C. for up to 24 hours.
- The Wharton's jelly is next transferred to a sterile basin containing approximately 200 mL of sterile water. The tissue is rinsed for 1-2 minutes and transferred to a sterile Nalgene jar containing approximately 300 ml of sterile water. The jar is sealed and placed on the rocker for 30 to 60 minutes. After incubation, the jar is returned to the sterile field. The Wharton's jelly should have a cream white visual appearance with no evidence of brownish discoloration.
- In one aspect, the placental tissue or components thereof as described above, or any combination thereof can be processed into tissue grafts (i.e., laminates) that are subsequently micronized. In another aspect, the placental tissue or individual components thereof can be dehydrated independently and subsequently micronized alone or as a mixture of components. In one aspect, the tissue (i.e., individual membrane or graft) is dehydrated by chemical dehydration followed by freeze-drying. In one aspect, the chemical dehydration step is performed by contacting the amnion, chorion, and/or intermediate layer with a polar organic solvent for a sufficient time and amount in order to substantially (i.e., greater than 90%, greater than 95%, or greater than 99%) or completely remove residual water present in the tissue (i.e., dehydrate the tissue). The solvent can be protic or aprotic. Examples of polar organic solvents useful herein include, but are not limited to, alcohols, ketones, ethers, aldehydes, or any combination thereof. Specific, non-limiting examples include DMSO, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, ethanol, isopropanol, or any combination thereof. In one aspect, the placental tissue is contacted with a polar organic solvent at room temperature. No additional steps are required, and the tissue can be freeze-dried directly as discussed below.
- After chemical dehydration, the tissue is freeze-dried in order to remove any residual water and polar organic solvent. In one aspect, the amnion, chorion, and/or intermediate layer can be laid on a suitable drying fixture prior to freeze-drying. For example, one or more strips of amnion can be laid on a suitable drying fixture. Next, chorion is laid on top of the amnion. In this aspect, an amnion/chorion tissue graft is produced. Alternatively, a strip of amnion can be placed on a first drying fixture, and a strip of chorion can be placed on a second drying fixture. The drying fixture is preferably sized to be large enough to receive the placental tissue, fully, in laid out, flat fashion. In one aspect, the drying fixture is made of Teflon® or of Delrin®, which is the brand name for an acetal resin engineering plastic invented and sold by DuPont and which is also available commercially from Werner Machine, Inc. in Marietta, Ga. Any other suitable material that is heat and cut resistant, capable of being formed into an appropriate shape to receive wet tissue can also be used for the drying fixture.
- Once the tissue is placed on the drying fixture, the drying fixture is placed in the freeze-dryer. The use of the freeze-dryer to dehydrate the tissue can be more efficient and thorough compared to other techniques such as thermal dehydration. In general, it is desirable to avoid ice crystal formation in the placental tissue as this may damage the extracellular matrix in the tissue. By chemically dehydrating the placental tissue prior to freeze-drying, this problem can be avoided.
- In another aspect, the dehydration step involves applying heat to the tissue. In one aspect, the amnion, chorion, and/or intermediate layer is laid on a suitable drying fixture (either as individual strips or as a laminate discussed above), and the drying fixture is placed in a sterile Tyvex (or similar, breathable, heat-resistant, and sealable material) dehydration bag and sealed. The breathable dehydration bag prevents the tissue from drying too quickly. If multiple drying fixtures are being processed simultaneously, each drying fixture is either placed in its own Tyvex bag or, alternatively, placed into a suitable mounting frame that is designed to hold multiple drying frames thereon and the entire frame is then placed into a larger, single sterile Tyvex dehydration bag and sealed.
- The Tyvex dehydration bag containing the one or more drying fixtures is then placed into a non-vacuum oven or incubator that has been preheated to approximately 35 to 50 degrees Celcius. The Tyvex bag remains in the oven for between 30 to 120 minutes. In one aspect, the heating step can be performed at 45 minutes at a temperature of approximately 45° C. to dry the tissue sufficiently but without over-drying or burning the tissue. The specific temperature and time for any specific oven will need to be calibrated and adjusted based on other factors including altitude, size of the oven, accuracy of the oven temperature, material used for the drying fixture, number of drying fixtures being dried simultaneously, whether a single or multiple frames of drying fixtures are dried simultaneously, and the like.
- In one aspect, the placental tissue grafts described herein can be dehydrated using an innovative dehydration device which enhances the rate and uniformity of the dehydration process. In one embodiment, the drying time can be accelerated by up to 40% in one configuration of the dehydration device in comparison to conventional drying ovens. In certain aspects, the placental tissue graft is placed onto a drying fixture described herein and the drying fixture with tissue graft is inserted into the dehydration device for performing the dehydration process. In other aspects, multiple placental tissue grafts can be placed onto the drying fixture to dry more than one placental tissue grafts in the dehydration device at the same time. Although the dehydration device is useful in dehydrating the tissue grafts described herein, they can be used for dehydrating objects other than placental tissue.
- Certain dehydration devices are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/744,332, filed Jan. 17, 2013, titled DEHYDRATION DEVICE AND METHODS FOR DRYING BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
-
FIGS. 3-6 show aninnovative dehydration device 900 according to an example embodiment that is well-suited for use in the herein-described dehydration processes. Thedehydration device 900 includes a dryinghousing 902, andinflow plenum 904, andoutflow plenum 906, an air-movingassembly 908, an air-heating assembly 910, and acontrol system 912. - The drying
housing 902 defines a drying chamber into which the placental tissue (e.g., on a drying fixture) is placed for drying during the dehydration process. In typical embodiments, the drying housing 902 (and thus the drying chamber it defines) is formed by six generally planar walls arranged together in a generally rectanguloid shape. In other embodiments, the dryinghousing 902, and/or the drying chamber it defines, has a different regular or irregular shape such as spherical or ellipsoidal. In the depicted embodiment, the dryinghousing 902 is formed by top andbottom opposing walls sidewalls endwalls housing 902 includes adoorway opening 926 and a door 928 (e.g. hingedly coupled to the housing and including a pull-knob) in at least one of the walls (e.g., sidewall 918) for inserting the placental tissue on a fixture for dehydration and then removing the dried tissue. (FIG. 3 shows thedoor 928 in a closed position andFIG. 4 shows it in an opened position.) The walls of thehousing 902 are typically made of a material selected for rigidity, strength, and heat-resistance, for example an acrylic (e.g., PLEXIGLAS), glass, ceramic, or other polymeric material. - At least two of the walls of the
housing 902 each define at least one respective aperture through which air can flow. In the depicted embodiment, for example, the top andbottom opposing walls outflow apertures bottom wall 916 and typically at least partially covering at least one of theoutflow apertures 932. The size, shape, and position of theapertures device 900 as may be desired for drying the placental tissue. Thus, theapertures sidewalls 918 and 920 (instead of or in addition to the opposing top andbottom walls 914 and 916), and/or theinflow plenum 904 can be eliminated and piping coupled between the air-movingassembly 908 and an inflow one of the walls (e.g., top wall 914). - The
inflow plenum 904 and theoutflow plenum 906 are positioned in communication with theinflow apertures 930 and theoutflow apertures 932, respectively. Theplenums housing 902. In the depicted embodiment, theinflow plenum 904 is formed by first vertically upward extensions of the opposingsidewalls housing top wall 914 and an opposing inflow-plenum top wall 934. And theoutflow plenum 906 is formed by second vertically downward extensions of the opposingsidewalls housing bottom wall 916 and an opposing outflow-plenum bottom wall 936. In other embodiments, theplenums assembly 908 is piped directly to the dryinghousing 902. - The
inflow plenum 904 and theoutflow plenum 906 include at least oneinflow port 938 andoutflow port 940, respectively. In the depicted embodiment, theinflow port 938 is defined by a generally rectangular opening formed in thesidewall 920 at an upper portion thereof and at a first/distal portion thereof, and theoutflow port 940 is defined by a generally rectangular gap in the same sidewall (i.e., an absence of the second extension of the wall) but at a lower portion thereof and at a second/proximal portion thereof. In this way, the air flows laterally into theinflow plenum 904 at the first/distal and upper portion of thedehydration device 900 and then distributes proximally within the inflow plenum. Then the air flows down through theinflow apertures 930, down through and across the drying chamber, down through theoutflow apertures 932, down into theoutflow plenum 906, and laterally out at the second/proximal and lower portion of thedevice 900. Theplenums dehydration device 900 and exits the outflow plenum at the second/proximal portion (while flowing from top to bottom through the drying chamber). Alternatively, the inflow andoutflow ports - The air-moving
assembly 908 can be of a commercially available type for use in sterile/clean-air environments such as medical laboratories. Typically, the air-movingassembly 908 includes ablower 942 and afilter 944. Theblower 942 can be of a conventional type, for example including an electric motor and a fan enclosed within a housing. And thefilter 944 can be of a conventional type, for example a cylindrical HEPA air filter with an internal bore. Typically,such filter 944 mounts to and extends from theblower 942, and air flows axially through the internal bore and radially outward through the filter media. - The
dehydration device 900 can be configured in a closed airflow loop (to re-circulate the air) or in an open loop (to provide fresh intake air). In closed-loop designs, an air outlet surface of thefilter 944 is in sealed communication with theinflow port 938 of theinflow plenum 904, and anair intake 948 of theblower 942 is in sealed communication with theoutflow port 940 of theoutflow plenum 906. In the depicted embodiment, for example, the air outlet surface of thefilter 944 is enclosed in a first/distal delivery chamber formed by lateral extensions of the plenum top andbottom walls distal endwall 922 and an opposing second/proximal delivery-chamber endwall 950, and thesecond sidewall 920 and an opposing delivery-chamber sidewall 952. And theair intake 948 of theblower 942 is sealed communication with a second/proximal return chamber formed by lateral extensions of the plenum top andbottom walls proximal endwall 924 and an opposing first/distal return-chamber endwall 954 (having an return opening in sealed communication with the blower air intake), and thesecond sidewall 920 and an opposing return-chamber sidewall 956. A sidewall section can be provided to enclose theblower 942 or this can be left out to allow ambient air exposure to prevent the blower from overheating. In the depicted embodiments, the result is that the outer walls of thedehydration device 900 form a rectanguloid structure. In other embodiments, the air outlet surface of thefilter 944 is piped to theinflow port 938 of theinflow plenum 904 and theair intake 948 of theblower 942 is piped to theoutflow port 940 of theoutflow plenum 906. - The air-
heating assembly 910 includes at least oneheating element 958, which can be of a conventional type such as a commercially available electric-resistance heating element. Theheating element 958 is typically positioned adjacent theair intake 948 of theblower 942, for example mounted on a bracket within the return chamber, as depicted. - The
control system 912 includes conventional controls for controlling the operating parameters (airflow rate, pressure, temperature, time/duration, etc.) of thedehydration device 900. Such conventional controls typically include amain power switch 960 that is wired to provide power to avariable resistance device 962 and acontrol unit 964. Themain power switch 960 is wired to a power source such as conventional 120/240 line voltage. The variable resistance device 962 (e.g., a rheostat) is wired (for power and control) to the heating element 958 (e.g., via the control unit 964) for temperature control. At least oneheat sensor 966 is positioned in the return chamber and wired to thecontrol unit 964 to provide an input for use in temperature control. And thecontrol unit 964 is wired (for power and control) to theblower 942 for controlling the volume flow rate (and thus also the pressure) and the time/duration of the dehydration cycle. In addition, typical embodiments such as that depicted include apressure sensor 968 in (or at least exposed to) the drying chamber, a pressure gauge display 970 (e.g., mounted to the drying housing 902), and a fluid connection 972 (e.g., tubing) interconnecting the two parts. - Once the placental tissue or components thereof as described above have been dehydrated individually or in the form of tissue graft, the dehydrated tissue(s) is micronized. The micronized compositions can be produced using instruments known in the art. For example, the Retsch Oscillating Mill MM400 can be used to produce the micronized compositions described herein. The particle size of the materials in the micronized composition can vary as well depending upon the application of the micronized composition. In one aspect, the micronized composition has particles that are less than 500 μm, less than 400 μm, less than 300 μm, less than 200 μm, less than 100 μm, less than 50 μm, less than 25 μm, less than 20 μm, less than 15 μm, less than 10 μm, less than 9 μm, less than 8 μm, less than 7 μm, less than 6 μm, less than 5 μm, less than 4 μm, less than 3 μm, less than 2 μm, or from 2 μm, to 400 μm, from 25 μm to 300 μm, from 25 μm to 200 μm, or from 25 μm to 150 μm. In one aspect, the micronized composition has particles that have a diameter less than 150 μm, less than 100 μm, or less than 50 μm. In other aspects, particles having a larger diameter (e.g. 150 μm to 350 μm) are desirable. In all cases, the diameter of the particle is measured along its longest axis.
- In one embodiment, the size of the particles may be reduced to nano-range. As one skilled in the art would understand, nanoparticles of placental components may be desirable for the increased density and/or increased release rate upon applying to the wound. Preferably, the particle size of the micronized particles is from about 0.05 μm to about 2 μm, from about 0.1 μm to about 1.0 μm, from about 0.2 μm to about 0.8 μm, from about 0.3 μm to about 0.7 μm, or from about 0.4 μm to about 0.6 μm. Alternatively, the particle size of the micronized particles is at least 0.05 μm, at least 0.1 μm, at least 0.2 μm, at least 0.3 μm, at least 0.4 μm, at least 0.5 μm, at least 0.6 μm, at least 0.7 μm, at least 0.8 μm, at least 0.9 μm, or at least 1 μm. Alternatively, the particle size of the micronized particles is less than 1 μm, less than 0.9 μm, less than 0.8 μm, less than 0.7 μm, less than 0.6 μm, less than 0.5 μm, less than 0.4 μm, less than 0.3 μm, less than 0.2 μm, less than 0.1 μm, or less than 0.05 μm.
- In other aspects, particles having a range of sizes and volumes are preferred as such particles will impart differential release rates into the wound. In one embodiment, particles having a range of mass to volume ratios can be prepared by either micronizing a mixture of a monolayer graft with multi-layer grafts (e.g., 2-10 layers) such that a range of graft sizes and volumes are provided. In another embodiment, particles of varying surface area to volume ratios of the same tissue material can be prepared by compressing the linear grafts into three-dimensional shapes of varying sizes (round, elliptical, oblong, etc.). As surface area to volume ratio is increased, particle dissipation increases due to the larger exposure area for endogenous enzymes, etc. This results in a faster rate of release of collagen types IV, V, and VII, cell-adhesion bio-active factors including fibronectin and laminins and other components of the micronized particles. On the other hand, as the surface area to volume ratio is decreased, particle dissipation decreases due to the smaller exposure area for endogenous enzymes, etc. This results in a slower rate of release of collagen types IV, V, and VII, cell-adhesion bio-active factors including fibronectin and laminins and other components of the micronized particles. In combination, the use of a layer of micronized particles having different surface area to volume ratios provides for a “time-release” mechanism whereby the benefits of the micronized graft are both immediate and prolonged.
- In one embodiment, the surface area to volume ratio (based on a sphere having a range of diameters as described above) is between the range of about 0.06 μm to about 6×104 μm, about 0.06 μm to about 6×103 μm, about 0.06 μm to about 6×102 μm, or about 0.6 μm to about 6×102 μm.
- In one aspect, the initial micronization is performed by mechanical grinding or shredding. In another aspect, micronization is performed by cryogenic grinding. In this aspect, the grinding jar containing the tissue is continually cooled with liquid nitrogen from the integrated cooling system before and during the grinding process. Thus, the sample is embrittled and volatile components are preserved. Moreover, the denaturing of proteins in the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and/or chorion is minimized or prevented. In one aspect, the CryoMill manufactured by Retsch can be used in this aspect.
- The selection of components used to make the micronized components described herein can vary depending upon the end-use of the composition. For example, placental tissue or individual components such as amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, Wharton's jelly or any combination thereof can be admixed with one another and subsequently micronized. In another aspect, one or more tissue grafts composed of one or more placental tissue, amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layers, or any combination thereof (i.e., laminates) can be micronized. In a further aspect, one or more tissue grafts composed of one or more amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layers, or any combination can be admixed with amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof as individual components and subsequently micronized.
- The amount of different components used to make the micronized compositions described herein can vary depending upon the application of the micronized composition. In one aspect, when the micronized composition is composed of amnion (with or without the intermediate tissue layer) and intermediate tissue layer, the weight ratio of amnion to intermediate tissue layer is from 10:1 to 1:10, 9:1 to 1:1, 8:1 to 1:1, 7:1 to 1:1, 6:1 to 1:1, 5:1 to 1:1, 4:1 to 1:1, 3:1 to 1:1, 2:1 to 1:1, or about 1:1. In another aspect, when the micronized composition is composed of amnion (with or without the intermediate tissue layer) and chorion, the weight ratio of chorion to amnion is from 10:1 to 1:10, 9:1 to 1:1, 8:1 to 1:1, 7:1 to 1:1, 6:1 to 1:1, 5:1 to 1:1, 4:1 to 1:1, 3:1 to 1:1, 2:1 to 1:1, or about 1:1.
- Separation of particle sizes can be achieved by fractionation of the micronized material in sterile water by forming a suspension of particles. The upper most portion of the suspension will contain predominantly the smallest particles and the lower most portion of the suspension will contain predominantly the heaviest particles. Fractionation leads to particle size separation and repeated fractionation will lead to separation of the micronized particles into varying sizes. The so separated particles can be recombined in the desired ratio of particle size as is most appropriate for the wound to be treated.
- In addition to the placental tissue, amnion, the intermediate tissue layer, and chorion, additional components can be added to the composition prior to and/or after micronization. In one aspect, a filler can be added. Examples of fillers include, but are not limited to, allograft pericardium, allograft acellular dermis, purified xenograft Type-1 collagen, biocellulose polymers or copolymers, biocompatible synthetic polymer or copolymer films, purified small intestinal submucosa, bladder acellular matrix, cadaveric fascia, or any combination thereof.
- In another aspect, a bioactive agent can be added to the composition prior to and/or after micronization. Examples of bioactive agents include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring growth factors sourced from platelet concentrates, either using autologous blood collection and separation products, or platelet concentrates sourced from expired banked blood; bone marrow aspirate; stem cells derived from concentrated human placental cord blood stem cells, concentrated amniotic fluid stem cells or stem cells grown in a bioreactor; or antibiotics. Upon application of the micronized composition with bioactive agent to the region of interest, the bioactive agent is delivered to the region over time. Thus, the micronized particles described herein are useful as delivery devices of bioactive agents and other pharmaceutical agents when administered to a subject. Release profiles can be modified based on, among other things, the selection of the components used to make the micronized compositions as well as the size of the particles.
- In yet another aspect, the micronized placental components can be suspended in saline, sterile water, or any suitable buffer known in the art to form a suspension. Subsequently, extracts of the micronized placental components are prepared by separating the micronized placental particles from the solution, e.g., by way of fractionation. The obtained extract comprising growth factors and cytokines is used for direct application or injection, or is combined with other pharmaceutical products or cosmetic products. Yet, the remaining micronized placental components comprise significant amounts of growth factors for treating wound or other pharmaceutical uses.
- In a further aspect, the amnion can be cross-linked with the intermediate tissue layer, chorion, or a second amnion tissue. For example, a cross-linking agent can be added to the composition (e.g., amnion, chorion, intermediate tissue layer, or any combination thereof as individual components and/or as tissue grafts) prior to and/or after micronization. In general, the cross-linking agent is nontoxic and non-immunogenic. When the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and/or chorion (or a tissue graft thereof) are treated with the cross-linking agent, the cross-linking agent can be the same or different. In one aspect, the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can be treated separately with a cross-linking agent or, in the alternative, the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can be treated together with the same cross-linking agent. In certain aspects, the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can be treated with two or more different cross-linking agents. The conditions for treating the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion can vary. In other aspects, the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and/or chorion can be micronized, and the micronized composition can subsequently be treated with a cross-linking agent. In one aspect, the concentration of the cross-linking agent is from 0.1 M to 5 M, 0.1 M to 4 M, 0.1 M to 3 M, 0.1 M to 2 M, or 0.1 M to 1 M.
- The cross-linking agent generally possesses two or more functional groups capable of reacting with proteins to produce covalent bonds. In one aspect, the cross-linking agent possesses groups that can react with amino groups present on the protein. Examples of such functional groups include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl groups, substituted or unsubstituted amino groups, carboxyl groups, and aldehyde groups. In one aspect, the cross-linker can be a dialdehyde such as, for example, glutaraldehyde. In another aspect, the cross-linker can be a carbodiimide such as, for example, (N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethyl-carbodiimide (EDC). In other aspects, the cross-linker can be an oxidized dextran, p-azidobenzoyl hydrazide, N-[alpha-maleimidoacetoxy]succinimide ester, p-azidophenyl glyoxal monohydrate, bis-[beta-(4-azidosalicylamido)ethyl]disulfide, bis-[sulfosuccinimidyl]suberate, dithiobis[succinimidyl]propionate, disuccinimidyl suberate, and 1-ethyl-3-[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride, a bifunctional oxirane (OXR), or ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (EGDE).
- In one aspect, sugar is the cross-linking agent, where the sugar can react with proteins present in the amnion, intermediate tissue layer, and chorion to form a covalent bond. For example, the sugar can react with proteins by the Maillard reaction, which is initiated by the nonenzymatic glycosylation of amino groups on proteins by reducing sugars and leads to the subsequent formation of covalent bonds. Examples of sugars useful as a cross-linking agent include, but are not limited to, D-ribose, glycerose, altrose, talose, ertheose, glucose, lyxose, mannose, xylose, gulose, arabinose, idose, allose, galactose, maltose, lactose, sucrose, cellibiose, gentibiose, melibiose, turanose, trehalose, isomaltose, or any combination thereof.
- In certain aspects, the micronized composition can be used to form a three-dimensional construct. For example, the micronized particles can be treated with a cross-linking agent described above then placed in a mold having specific dimensions. Alternatively, the micronized particles can be placed into the mold and subsequently treated with the cross-linking agent. In one aspect, the cross-linked particles can be manually formed into any desired shape. In other aspects, one or more adhesives can be admixed with an adhesive prior to being introduced into the mold. Examples of such adhesives include, but are not limited to, fibrin sealants, cyanoacrylates, gelatin and thrombin products, polyethylene glycol polymer, albumin, and glutaraldehyde products. Not wishing to be bound by theory, the three-dimensional construct composed of smaller micronized particles can be formed as a denser product capable of bearing mechanical loads. Alternatively, larger micronized particles can be formed into constructs that are less dense and possess compressive properties. This feature can be useful in non-load void filling, especially where it is desirable to have a product that will conform to irregular shapes. The three-dimensional constructs can include one or more bioactive agents described herein.
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions described herein can be formulated in any excipient the biological system or entity can tolerate to produce pharmaceutical compositions. Examples of such excipients include, but are not limited to, water, aqueous hyaluronic acid, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, and other aqueous physiologically balanced salt solutions. Nonaqueous vehicles, such as fixed oils, vegetable oils such as olive oil and sesame oil, triglycerides, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate can also be used. Other useful formulations include suspensions containing viscosity enhancing agents, such as carboxymethylcellulose or salts thereof, sorbitol, or dextran. Excipients can also contain minor amounts of additives, such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability. Examples of buffers include phosphate buffer, bicarbonate buffer and Tris buffer, while examples of preservatives include thimerosol, cresols, formalin and benzyl alcohol. In certain aspects, the pH can be modified depending upon the mode of administration. Additionally, the pharmaceutical compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the compounds described herein.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using techniques known in the art. In one aspect, the composition is prepared by admixing a micronized composition described herein with a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and/or carrier. The term “admixing” is defined as mixing the two components together so that there is no chemical reaction or physical interaction. The term “admixing” also includes the chemical reaction or physical interaction between the compound and the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound.
- It will be appreciated that the actual preferred amounts of micronized composition in a specified case will vary according to the specific compound being utilized, the particular compositions formulated, the mode of application, and the particular situs and subject being treated. Dosages for a given host can be determined using conventional considerations, e.g. by customary comparison of the differential activities of the subject compounds and of a known agent, e.g., by means of an appropriate conventional pharmacological protocol. Physicians and formulators, skilled in the art of determining doses of pharmaceutical compounds, will have no problems determining dose according to standard recommendations (Physician's Desk Reference, Barnhart Publishing (1999)).
- The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. In one aspect, administration can be by injection, where the micronized composition is formulated into a liquid or gel. In other aspects, the micronized composition can be formulated to be applied internally to a subject. In other aspects, the micronized composition can be applied topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally, orally, or directly to the skin)
- In one aspect, the micronized compositions can be formulated as a topical composition applied directly to the skin. Formulations for topical administration can include, emulsions, creams, aqueous solutions, oils, ointments, pastes, gels, lotions, milks, foams, suspensions and powders. In one aspect, the topical composition can include one or more surfactants and/or emulsifiers. Topical application of micronized particles is particularly well suited for the treatment of burns, psoriatic sores, dermatitis, wrinkles, and the like.
- Surfactants (or surface-active substances) that may be present are anionic, non-ionic, cationic and/or amphoteric surfactants. Typical examples of anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, soaps, alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkanesulfonates, olefin sulfonates, alkyl ether sulfonates, glycerol ether sulfonates, alpha-methyl ester sulfonates, sulfo fatty acids, alkyl sulphates, fatty alcohol ether sulphates, glycerol ether sulphates, fatty acid ether sulphates, hydroxy mixed ether sulphates, monoglyceride (ether) sulphates, fatty acid amide (ether) sulphates, mono- and dialkyl sulfosuccinates, mono- and dialkyl sulfosuccinamates, sulfotriglycerides, amide soaps, ether carboxylic acids and salts thereof, fatty acid isethionates, fatty acid sarcosinates, fatty acid taurides, N-acylamino acids, e.g. acyl lactylates, acyl tartrates, acyl glutamates and acyl aspartates, alkyl oligoglucoside sulphates, protein fatty acid condensates (in particular wheat-based vegetable products) and alkyl (ether) phosphates. Examples of non-ionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, fatty alcohol polyglycol ethers, alkylphenol polyglycol ethers, fatty acid polyglycol esters, fatty acid amide polyglycol ethers, fatty amine polyglycol ethers, alkoxylated triglycerides, mixed ethers or mixed formals, optionally partially oxidized alk(en)yl oligoglycosides or glucoronic acid derivatives, fatty acid N-alkylglucamides, protein hydrolysates (in particular wheat-based vegetable products), polyol fatty acid esters, sugar esters, sorbitan esters, polysorbates and amine oxides. Examples of amphoteric or zwitterionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkylbetaines, alkylamidobetaines, aminopropionates, aminoglycinates, imidazolinium-betaines and sulfobetaines.
- In one aspect, the surfactant can be fatty alcohol polyglycol ether sulphates, monoglyceride sulphates, mono- and/or dialkyl sulfosuccinates, fatty acid isethionates, fatty acid sarcosinates, fatty acid taurides, fatty acid glutamates, alpha-olefinsulfonates, ether carboxylic acids, alkyl oligoglucosides, fatty acid glucamides, alkylamidobetaines, amphoacetals and/or protein fatty acid condensates.
- Examples of zwitterionic surfactants include betaines, such as N-alkyl-N,N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoalkyldimethylammonium glycinate, N-acylaminopropyl-N,N-dimethylammonium glycinates, for example cocoacylaminopropyldimethylammonium glycinate, and 2-alkyl-3-carboxymethyl-3-hydroxyethylimidazolines having in each case 8 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl or acyl group, and cocoacylaminoethylhydroxyethyl-carboxymethyl glycinate.
- In one aspect, the emulsifier can be a nonionogenic surfactant selected from the following: addition products of from 2 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide and/or 0 to 5 mol of propylene oxide onto linear fatty alcohols having 8 to 22 carbon atoms, onto fatty acids having 12 to 22 carbon atoms, onto alkylphenols having 8 to 15 carbon atoms in the alkyl group, and onto alkylamines having 8 to 22 carbon atoms in the alkyl radical; alkyl and/or alkenyl oligoglycosides having 8 to 22 carbon atoms in the alk(en)yl radical and the ethoxylated analogs thereof; addition products of from 1 to 15 mol of ethylene oxide onto castor oil and/or hydrogenated castor oil; addition products of from 15 to 60 mol of ethylene oxide onto castor oil and/or hydrogenated castor oil; partial esters of glycerol and/or sorbitan with unsaturated, linear or saturated, branched fatty acids having 12 to 22 carbon atoms and/or hydroxycarboxylic acids having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and the adducts thereof with 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide; partial esters of polyglycerol (average degree of self-condensation 2 to 8), trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, sugar alcohols (e.g. sorbitol), alkyl glucosides (e.g. methyl glucoside, butyl glucoside, lauryl glucoside), and polyglucosides (e.g. cellulose) with saturated and/or unsaturated, linear or branched fatty acids having 12 to 22 carbon atoms and/or hydroxycarboxylic acids having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and the adducts thereof with 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide; mixed esters of pentaerythritol, fatty acids, citric acid and fatty alcohols and/or mixed esters of fatty acids having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, methylglucose and polyols, preferably glycerol or polyglycerol, mono-, di- and trialkyl phosphates, and mono-, di- and/or tri-PEG alkyl phosphates and salts thereof; wool wax alcohols; polysiloxane-polyalkyl-polyether copolymers and corresponding derivatives; and block copolymers, e.g. polyethylene glycol-30 dipolyhydroxystearates. In one aspect, the emulsifier is a polyalkylene glycol such as, for example, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol. In another aspect, the emulsifier is polyethylene glycol having a
molecular weight 100 Da to 5,000 Da, 200 Da to 2,500 Da, 300 Da to 1,000 Da, 400 Da to 750 Da, 550 Da to 650 Da, or about 600 Da. - In another aspect, the emulsifier is a poloxamer. In one aspect, the poloxamer is a nonionic triblock copolymer composed of a central hydrophobic chain of polyoxypropylene (e.g., (poly(propylene oxide)) flanked by two hydrophilic chains of polyoxyethylene (e.g., poly(ethylene oxide)). In one aspect, poloxamer has the formula
-
HO(C2H4O)b(C3H6O)a(C2H4O)bOH - wherein a is from 10 to 100, 20 to 80, 25 to 70, or 25 to 70, or from 50 to 70; b is from 5 to 250, 10 to 225, 20 to 200, 50 to 200, 100 to 200, or 150 to 200. In another aspect, the poloxamer has a molecular weight from 2,000 to 15,000, 3,000 to 14,000, or 4,000 to 12,000. Poloxamers useful herein are sold under the tradename Pluronic® manufactured by BASF. Non-limiting examples of poloxamers useful herein include, but are not limited to, Pluronic® F68, P103, P105, P123, F127, and L121.
- In another aspect, the emulsifier is composed of one or more fatty alcohols. In one aspect, the fatty alcohol is a liner or branched C6 to C35 fatty alcohol. Examples of fatty alcohols include, but are not limited to, capryl alcohol (1-octanol), 2-ethyl hexanol, pelargonic alcohol (1-nonanol), capric alcohol (1-decanol, decyl alcohol), undecyl alcohol (1-undecanol, undecanol, hendecanol), lauryl alcohol (dodecanol, 1-dodecanol), tridecyl alcohol (1-tridecanol, tridecanol, isotridecanol), myristyl alcohol (1-tetradecanol), pentadecyl alcohol (1-pentadecanol, pentadecanol), cetyl alcohol (1-hexadecanol), palmitoleyl alcohol (cis-9-hexadecen-1-ol), heptadecyl alcohol (1-n-heptadecanol, heptadecanol), stearyl alcohol (1-octadecanol), isostearyl alcohol (16-methylheptadecan-1-ol), elaidyl alcohol (9E-octadecen-1-ol), oleyl alcohol (cis-9-octadecen-1-ol), linoleyl alcohol (9Z,12Z-octadecadien-1-ol), elaidolinoleyl alcohol (9E,12E-octadecadien-1-ol), linolenyl alcohol (9Z,12Z,15Z-octadecatrien-1-ol) elaidolinolenyl alcohol (9E,12E,15-E-octadecatrien-1-ol), ricinoleyl alcohol (12-hydroxy-9-octadecen-1-ol), nonadecyl alcohol (1-nonadecanol), arachidyl alcohol (1-eicosanol), heneicosyl alcohol (1-heneicosanol), behenyl alcohol (1-docosanol), erucyl alcohol (cis-13-docosen-1-ol), lignoceryl alcohol (1-tetracosanol), ceryl alcohol (1-hexacosanol), montanyl alcohol, cluytyl alcohol (1-octacosanol), myricyl alcohol, melissyl alcohol (1-triacontanol), geddyl alcohol (1-tetratriacontanol), or cetearyl alcohol.
- In one aspect, the carrier used to produce the topical composition is a mixture polyethylene and one or more fatty alcohols. For example, the carrier is composed of 50% to 99% by weight, 75% to 99% by weight, 90% to 99% by weight, or about 95% by weight polyethylene glycol and 1% to 50% by weight, 1% to 25% by weight, 1% to 10% by weight, or about 5% by weight fatty alcohol. In a further aspect, the carrier is a mixture of polyethylene glycol and cetyl alcohol.
- The topical compositions can also include additional components typically present in such compositions. In one aspect, the topical composition can include one or more of the following components: fats, waxes, pearlescent waxes, bodying agents, thickeners, superfatting agents, stabilizers, polymers, silicone compounds, lecithins, phospholipids, biogenic active ingredients, deodorants, antimicrobial agents, antiperspirants, swelling agents, insect repellents, hydrotropes, solubilizers, preservatives, perfume oils and dyes. Examples of each of these components are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,044, which is incorporated by reference with respect these components.
- The topical compositions composed of the micronized compositions described herein can be prepared by mixing the particles with the carrier for a sufficient time such that the particles are evenly dispersed throughout the carrier. In the case when the carrier is composed of two or more components, the components can be admixed with one another prior to the addition of the micronized composition. The amount of micronized composition present in the topical composition can vary depending upon the application. In one aspect, the micronized composition is from 0.5% to 20%, 1% to 10%, 2% to 5%, or about 3% by weight of the topical composition. Exemplary procedures for making topical compositions described herein are provided in the Examples.
- In one aspect, the extracts obtained from the micronized compositions described herein can be lyophilized (e.g., freeze-dried) to promote stability, preserve activity and increase shelf-life. One skilled in the art would understand how to reconstitute the lyophilized product before use.
- The micronized compositions described herein have numerous medical applications. In one aspect, micronized compositions composed of amnion and intermediate tissue layer can be used as dermal fillers. The skin is made up of three layers: the epidermis, dermis, and subcutaneous. The epidermis is the outer layer and functions as a barrier to the external environment. The dermis is the second layer of the skin containing the structural elements, which are collagen and elastin fibers. The collagen gives the skin its strength while the elastin fibers give the skin its elasticity. In between the epidermis and dermis is an area termed the dermal-epidermal junction. It interlocks forming fingerlike projections, called rete ridges, increasing the surface area of the epidermis that is exposed to the blood vessels in the dermis. The cells of the epidermis receive its nutrients from the blood vessels in the dermis. The last layer of skin is the subcutaneous tissue which contains the fat cells. These fat cells make the skin look plump and youthful. It also provides insulation to the body.
- As a person ages, the skin goes through many changes that will eventually lead to wrinkles The number of epidermal cells decreases causing the skin to look noticeable thinner and making it more difficult for the skin to repair itself The dermal layer not only gets thinner, but also produces less collagen and the elastin fibers wear out causing a decrease in elasticity. These changes in the scaffolding of the skin cause the skin to wrinkle and sag. The rete-ridges of the dermal-epidermal junction flatten out, making the skin more fragile and easier for the skin to shear. The flatten rete-ridges decrease the surface area of epidermis in contact with the dermis, which leads to a decrease in the amount of nutrients available to the epidermis. This also interferes with the skin's normal repair process. In the subcutaneous layer, the fat cells get smaller with age leading to more noticeable wrinkles and sagging.
- Amnion contains growth factors such as EGF, bFGF, and PDGF that promotes wound healing and re-epithelialization. Not wishing to be bound by theory, the application of a topical composition composed of the micronized compositions described herein where the epithelial layer of the skin is disrupted can be effective in delivering the growth factors directly to the injured site to promote healing. Amnion is a unique ECM due to the presence of collagen types IV, V and VII, which enables the amnion to bind water and swell.
- Similarly, the intermediate tissue layer of the amniotic membrane is composed largely of glycoproteins and proteoglycans, which also enables the intermediate tissue layer to bind water. Thus, the micronized particles when applied to the skin or wound help retain water in the skin, which facilitates wound healing. For example, cell migration within the wound healing cascade is facilitated in a hydrophilic environment. The intermediate layer is also composed of collagen types I, III, and IV. Type I collagen provides mechanical strength to skin by providing a major biomechanical scaffold for cell attachment and anchorage of macromolecules. Type III collagen provides elasticity. Hence, by adding the intermediate tissue layer tissue to the deep dermis it will not only increase the elasticity and scaffolding of the skin, it may make it feel softer. Another important component in the intermediate tissue layer that is beneficial to skin is proteoglycans. As discussed above, proteoglycans allow the intermediate tissue layer to bind water to such a large degree and swell considerably. As noted before, the fat cells in the subcutaneous layer get smaller with age leading to more noticeable wrinkles Thus, by injecting a dermal filler composed of the micronized compositions described herein can make the skin look more noticeably plump and youthful.
- The selection of the carrier of the topical composition can also create a hydrophilic environment in the skin, which enhances wound healing. The size and dimension of the microparticles can also enhance dermal wound healing. For example, microparticles having a particle size of 20 μm to 100 μm, or 25 μm to 75 μm can be effective in dermal applications. Thus, in one aspect, the topical compositions described herein can help prevent or reduce wrinkle formation in a subject. In another aspect, the topical compositions can enhance re-epithelialization of the dermal skin layer after laser-resurfacing. The topical compositions described herein can be used alone or in combination with other skin therapies such as, for example, moisturizers, Vitamin (A) creams, vitamin (E), recombinant hyaluronic acid, or human, animal, and natural oils (e.g., tee tree oil).
- In other aspects, the grafts described herein can be used in orthopedic applications (i.e., sports medicine). Sports medicine includes the repair and reconstruction of various soft-tissue injuries in or around joints caused by traumas, or chronic conditions brought about by repeated motion, in active individuals and athletes. For example, sports medicine includes the treatment of a variety of different injuries associated with, but not limited to, shoulders, elbows, feet, ankles hand and wrists. In one aspect, when the micronized composition is formulated into a liquid, it can be injected into joint capsules in order to alleviate inflammation (e.g., tennis elbow, carpel tunnel, etc.). In other aspects, when the micronized composition is formulated as a gel or paste, the composition can be applied to articular surfaces in order to provide medical benefits. For example, the micronized composition can help reduce inflammation or swelling of an articular surface. In other aspects, the micronized composition can help repair and/or regrow chondrocytes. In further aspects, the micronized compositions described herein can be used in other orthopedic applications such as aid in the repair of periostium; help repair ruptured/damaged bursa; help secure void filling material during bone repair; or in applications involving a subject's extremities (e.g., anti-adhesion barrier for small bone fixation, anti-adhesion barrier where metal plating or hardware is used, or help repair ruptured/damaged bursa).
- In one aspect, the micronized compositions described herein are useful in enhancing or improving wound healing. The types of wounds that present themselves to physicians on a daily bases are diverse. Acute wounds are caused by surgical intervention, trauma and burns. Chronic wounds are wounds that are delayed in closing compared to healing in an otherwise healthy individual. Examples of chronic wound types plaguing patients include diabetic foot ulcers, venous leg ulcers, pressure ulcers, arterial ulcers, and surgical wounds that become infected.
- The physician's goal when treating traumatic wounds is to heal the wound while allowing the patient to retain natural function in the area of the wound with minimal scaring and infection. If a wound becomes infected, it can lead to a loss of limb or life. For the most part, physicians heal these patients without incident. However, physicians dealing with chronic wounds are mainly concerned with closing the wound as quickly as possible to minimize the risk of an infection that could lead to loss of limb or life. Chronic wounds are wounds on patients that have comorbidities that complicate or delay the healing cascade. In one aspect, the micronized compositions described herein can function as a tissue regeneration template that delivers essential wound healing factors, extracellular matrix proteins and inflammatory mediators to help reduce inflammation, enhance healing, and reduces scar tissue formation. In this aspect, the micronized placental compositions described herein are used in treating wounds amenable to negative pressure technology, including burns and ulcers, including chronic ulcers, diabetic ulcers, decubitus ulcers and the like.
- In another aspect, the micronized placental tissue is used in conjunction with conventional treatments, including, but not limited to, negative pressure therapy, and may further be used in combination with matrices or scaffolds comprised of biocompatible materials, such as collagen, hyaluronic acid, gelatin or combinations thereof.
- In another aspect, the micronized compositions described herein can be used to enhance wound healing and prevent scar formation as a result of a surgical incision. In one aspect, the micronized composition can be applied to the open incision followed by suturing the incision. For example, the micronized composition can be applied directly to the open incision by sprinkling the composition within the incision or by injecting the composition into the incision using a syringe, a small bellows device, or other related device. The micronized compositions are particularly useful where large incisions are produced by a surgical procedure. An example of such a procedure involves the treatment of spinal scoliosis, which requires a significant incision along the back of the subject. In one aspect, micronized compositions composed of an amnion/chorion laminate where the epithelium layer is intact are useful in the healing of surgical incisions with minimal scarring. With respect to wound healing and the prevention of scar formation, the micronized compositions described herein can be used in combination with other wound healing products. For example, any of the tissue grafts described herein that are a precursor to the micronized compositions can be applied to the wound after the micronized composition has been applied.
- In another aspect, the micronized compositions described herein are useful for addressing or alleviating complications to the spine and surrounding regions that occur after surgery. Acute and chronic spinal injuries and pain can be attributed to trauma and/or degenerative changes in the spinal column. For the degenerative patient, there is usually a progression of possible surgeries depending on the patient's symptoms and disease state. The first surgical option when conservative therapy has failed is a laminectomy or micro-discectomy. These minimally invasive procedures are intended to relieve the pain generator or stenosis of the spinal canal. If there is progression of the disease, then other surgeries may be necessary including, but not limited to, a spinal fusion. Spinal fusions may be achieved through several approaches: anterior (from the front through the abdomen), posterior (from the back), or lateral (through the side). Each approach has advantages and disadvantages. The goal is typically to remove the spinal disc, restore disc height and fuse the two spinal vertebrae together to limit motion and further degradation. There are also surgical options for the surgeon and patient to replace the spinal disc with an artificial disc. Spine trauma is typically treated by fusing the spine levels or if a vertebrae is crushed, the surgeon may choose to do a corpectomy and fusing across the levels that were affected.
- In one aspect, the micronized compositions described herein are useful in preventing or reducing scar formation on the spine or near the spine and sealing dural tears. Scar formation at or near the spine after surgery can be very debilitating and possibly require subsequent operations to address the symptoms as discussed above. The term “anti-adhesion” is also used in the art to refer to the prevention of scar tissue at or near the spine. In other aspects, the micronized compositions described herein can be used as a protective barrier, where the composition protects the spinal dura from post-surgical trauma from the surrounding surgical site. For example, the composition can prevent damage to the spinal dura caused by sharp edges from newly cut bone such as vertebrae. In other aspects, the micronized compositions can be used for anterior lumbar interbody fusion, posterior lumbar interbody fusion trans-lumbar interbody fusion, anterior cervical discectomy and fusion, micro discectomy, spinal dura repair, and as a dura sealant to prevent CSF leakage.
- Depending upon the surgical procedure, the micronized composition can be applied directly to the spinal dura, the surrounding region of the spine to include nerve roots, or a combination thereof. Due to the unique structure of vertebrae, the micronized composition can be placed and affixed at the appropriate position in the subject. The micronized compositions can also provide proximal and distal barrier coverage where the spinal lamina has been removed for exposure to the affected area.
- The micronized compositions are useful in preventing or reducing scar formation that can result from a variety of surgical procedures associated with the spine. The micronized compositions can be used after any procedure in the neck, mid-back, or lower back. Depending upon the application, the epithelium of the amnion can be substantially removed. For example, in posterior procedures such as a laminectomy or discectomy, the epithelium layer of the amnion is substantially removed. Removal of the epithelial cell layer exposes the amnion's basement membrane layer, which increases cell signaling characteristics. This up regulation response enhances cellular migration and expression of anti-inflammatory proteins, which inhibits fibrosis. The spinal dura is typically left unprotected following posterior procedures.
- In other aspects, the epithelial cell layer of the amnion is not removed. For example, in anterior procedures or modified anterior procedures such as Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF) and Transforaminal Interbody Fusion (TLIF), the amnion epithelium layer is not removed and remains intact. In these aspects, the micronized compositions provide additional protection to the vertebral surgical site by maintaining separation from the peritoneum, larger vessels, and abdominal musculature. The micronized composition serves as a reduced friction anatomical barrier against adhesions and scaring. For example, the micronized composition can prevent scar tissue binding major blood vessels to the spine. This is a common problem with post-spinal surgery, which requires a second surgical procedure to address this.
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions formulated as a liquid, gel, or putty may be used in dental surgery to reduce inflammation related to gingivitis, periodontitis, mucositis, and peri-implantitis, treatment of periodontal intra-bony defects to regenerate new bone, periodontal ligament, and cementum, regenerate lost bone around dental implants, increase the amount of clinical attachment following osseous contouring, treatment of gingival recession, regeneration of interdental papilla, either through surgical reconstruction or by directly injecting the papilla to increase size and thickness, applied over the top of a barrier membrane or biocompatible mesh in alveolar vertical and horizontal bone augmentations, applied over the surgical site after primary closure to aid in healing, applied onto autograft, xenograft, alloplast, caderivic allograft or placental allograft soft tissue graft, either before, during, or after placement of the soft tissue graft in the treatment of gingival recession, increasing the amount of clinical attachment, gingival augmentations around teeth and dental implants, expanding the zone of keratinized tissue, thickening overlying gingival tissue in guided bone regeneration, mixed with a alloplast, xenograft, and or caderivic bone graft, either before, during, or after placement for use in the treatment of intrabony defects to regenerate new bone, periodontal ligament, and cementum, in guided bone regeneration regenerate lost bone around implants, site preservation, fenestration and dehiscence defects, primary and secondary alveolar ridge augmentations, sinus elevations, and gingival flap perforations. In applications involving dentin and pulpal tissue, reduce inflammation of pulpal tissue, treatment of endodontic lesions, pulpal regeneration, and injected into hollowed pulpal chamber prior to obturation in endodontic therapy. In applications involving oral mucosa tissue to reduce inflammation in oral lesions, the treatment of oral lesions, and applied onto autograft, xenograft, alloplast, caderivic allograft or placental allograft soft tissue graft either before, during, or after placement of the soft tissue graft to replace larger amounts of mucosal tissue lost through disease or traumatic injury.
- In one aspect, the micronized compositions can be used to repair peripheral nerves. The micronized composition can be placed on a repaired nerve to prevent scar formation onto the healing nerve. The micronized composition can also provide a protective enclosed environment for the repair to progress successfully. In other aspects, the micronized compositions can be manufactured into a nerve regeneration tube to guide nerve growth in a protective environment where the nerve ends cannot be re-approximated. Here, nerves can re-attach up to a certain distance if the ends are allowed to meet freely without other soft tissue interfering. In another aspect, the micronized compositions can be used to wrap nerve bundles after prostatectomy procedures. These nerves are responsible for erectile function and possible continence. The micronized compositions can be applied on the nerves to keep them from scarring and possibly damaging the nerves.
- In another aspect, the micronized compositions can be used in obstetrics and gynecological (OB/GYN) surgical procedures involving the treatment of diseases that may be related to the fertility of the female, pain caused by the reproductive system or cancer in the reproductive system. These procedures include the removal of uterine fibroids (myomectomy), removal of ovarian cysts, tubal ligations, endometriosis treatments, removal of some cancerous or non-cancerous tumors, and vaginal slings. These procedures may be completed through a transvaginal, abdominal or laproscopical approach.
- The micronized compositions can be used as a patch to reduce the amount of scar tissue in the reproductive system after a surgical procedure. Scar tissue is another form of fibrous tissue and may also contribute to fertility problems. The ability to minimize the amount of scaring on the ovaries, or within the fallopian tubes may help with post-operative fertility and even pain. In another aspect, the micronized compositions can be used to reline the uterine wall after severe endometriosis treatments and increase the patient's ability to conceive. In a further aspect, the micronized compositions can be used as an anti-adhesion barrier after removal of ovarian cyst or aid in the repair of vaginal wall erosion.
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions can be used in cardiac applications. Angina is severe chest pain due to ischemia (a lack of blood, thus a lack of oxygen supply) of the heart muscle, generally due to obstruction or spasm of the coronary arteries (the heart's blood vessels). Coronary artery disease, the main cause of angina, is due to atherosclerosis of the cardiac arteries. Various open cardiac and vascular surgery procedures to remove atherosclerotic clots require the repair, reconstruction and closure of the vessel, and the support of a regenerative tissue patch to close and patch the surgical defect. Heart by-pass grafts and heart defect reconstruction (as part of an open-heart surgical procedure) also can benefit from a patch or graft to provide a buttress to soft-tissue weakness, tissue replacement if there is a lack of suitable tissue, and also the potential to reduce adhesions to the heart itself. The micronized compositions described herein can be used as a patch to support the repair of vascular and cardiac defects caused by operations and complications such as carotid artery repair, coronary artery bypass grafting, congenital heart disease, heart valve repair, and vascular repair (i.e. peripheral vessels).
- The micronized compositions described herein can be used in general surgery procedures. For example, general surgical procedures include procedures related to the abdominal cavity. These include the intestines, stomach, colon, liver, gallbladder, appendix, bile ducts and thyroid glands. Procedures may include hernias, polypectomy, cancer removal, surgical treatment of Crohn's and ulcerative colitis. These procedures may be done open or laparoscopically. In other aspects, the micronized compositions can be used to facilitate closure of anastomosis, an anti-adhesion barrier for anastomosis, or an anti-adhesion barrier for hernia repair.
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions can be used in ear, nose, and throat (ENT) procedures. Tympanoplasty is performed for the reconstruction of the eardrum (tympanic membrane) and/or the small bones of the middle ear. There are several options for treating a perforated eardrum. If the perforation is from recent trauma, many ear, nose and throat specialists will elect to watch and see if it heals on its own. If this does not occur or frequent re-perforation occurs in the same area, surgery may be considered. Tympanoplasty can be performed through the ear canal or through an incision behind the ear. Here, the surgeon harvests a graft from the tissues under the skin around the ear and uses it to reconstruct the eardrum. The micronized compositions described herein can be used to prevent the additional trauma associated with harvesting the patients' own tissue and save time in surgery. In other aspects, the micronized compositions can be used as a wound covering after adenoidectomy, a wound cover after tonsillectomy, or facilitate repair of the Sniderian membrane.
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions described herein can be used in plastic surgery procedures. Scar revision is surgery to improve or reduce the appearance of scars. It also restores function and corrects skin changes (disfigurement) caused by an injury, wound, or previous surgery. Scar tissue forms as skin heals after an injury or surgery. The amount of scarring may be determined by the wound size, depth, and location; the person's age; heredity; and skin characteristics including skin color (pigmentation). Surgery involves excision of the scar and careful closure of the defect. In one aspect, the micronized compositions described herein can be used as a patch to aid in the healing and prevention of scars; and keloid or cancer revision/removal where careful approximation of soft-tissue edges is not achievable and scar tissue can result. Additionally, the anti-inflammatory properties of the micronized compositions can enhance healing as well.
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions can be used in ophthalmological applications (e.g., on-lay grafts ocular surface repair) or urological applications (e.g., facilitate closure of the vas deferens during vasectomy reversal or facilitate closure of the vas deferens resulting from trauma).
- In one aspect, the micronized compositions can be used in cranial dura repair and replacement, in the elimination of a frenum pull, the regeneration of lost patella tissue, the repair of the Schneiderian membrane in the sinus cavity, soft tissue around dental implants, vestibuloplasty, and guided tissue regeneration.
- In addition to the selection of the components used to make the micronized compositions, the size of the particles can also vary depending upon their application. In certain aspects, micronized particles having a larger particle size can be used in several applications. For example, the micronized particles (e.g., micronized amnion/chorion tissue graft) having a particle size from 150 μm to 350 μm can be effective in wound healing where it is desirable to reduce or prevent scar formation and enhance soft tissue healing. For example, the micronized particles can be injected directly into the wound. A variety of different wounds can be treated with the micronized particles. In one aspect, the micronized particles can be used to heal dermal wounds. The micronized particles can be administered at any depth within the dermal tissue of a subject (e.g., sub-cutaneous, sub-dermal, etc.). In one aspect, the micronized particles are useful in healing diabetic ulcers (e.g., foot ulcers). In other aspects, the dermal wounds can be tracking wounds (i.e., deep wounds that extend into the muscle tissue). Thus, the larger micronized particles can be administered intramuscularly as void packing materials for deep, large wounds.
- The larger particles with greater surface area are also capable of absorbing more fluids relative to the smaller particles. Not wishing to be bound by theory, the larger particle size prevents or minimizes the possibility of the particles migrating from the wound site by blood or other physiological fluids. This feature can further enhance wound healing. The ability of the larger particles to absorb fluids makes the particles hemostatic agents, where the particles can facilitate clotting with blood and other physiological fluids in the wound. Thus, the larger particles can be admixed and re-hydrated with any excipient suitable for injection including, but not limited to, saline, blood, growth factor solutions, and the like.
- In addition to the advantages discussed above, the ability of the larger micronized particles to absorb fluids permits them to be admixed with a variety of substances (e.g., any of the bioactive agents described herein) to produce pharmaceutical compositions with enhanced activity. For example, the larger particles can be mixed with additional hemostatic agents, such as antifibrinolytics, vitamin K, fibrinogen, and blood coagulation factors, to enhance blood clotting at a wound. In other aspects, the larger particles can be admixed with autogeneous materials such as bone derived from the patient. Here the micronized particles can be administered directly to the periosteal interface. In other aspects, the larger micronized particles can be admixed with fibrin glues to enhance wound healing. The micronized particles can enhance the ability of the fibrin glue to form fibrin clots and enhance tissue repair. Thus, the larger particles in combination with the fibrin glue can further reduce the need of sutures typically used to close wounds.
- On the other hand, one skilled in the art would appreciate that the particle size of the micronized placental components can be reduced to nano-range, thereby significantly increasing the density of the micronized particles and improving the release rate of the micronized particles upon application to wounds or other treatment sites. For example, the micronized placental components can be subjected to conventional methods known in the art, including differential centrifugation, thereby reducing the particle size to nano-range. Particle size reduction using a suitable technology or device is within the purview of one skilled in the art. In one embodiment, the micronized particles can be embedded into the surface of the amnion or chorion which is to contact the tissue surface. Conventional technology such as high velocity sprayer can result in surface loading of the micronized particles so as to result in enhanced release rates of growth factors and the like into the tissue.
- Although the micronized compositions described herein can be applied directly to the tissue of a subject, they can also be applied to a wound dressing that can subsequently be applied to the subject. For example, the wound dressing can be gauze, a bandage or wrap, or any other suitable article capable of containing or affixing the micronized composition that can be applied directly to a subject.
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions described herein can be applied to a medical device such as, for example, an implantable medical device. Implantable medical devices can be coated with one or more micronized compositions described herein to provide the device with beneficial properties when used in living tissue (e.g., enhanced wound healing and the prevention of scaring).
- Examples of suitable implantable devices that can be coated with the micronized compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, coronary stents, peripheral stents, implants (e.g., dental, orthopedic, spinal), catheters, arterio-venous grafts, by-pass grafts, pacemaker and defibrillator leads, anastomotic clips, arterial closure devices, patent foramen ovale closure devices, and drug delivery balloons. The implantable device can be made of any suitable biocompatible materials, including biostable and bioabsorbable materials. Suitable biocompatible metallic materials include, but are not limited to, stainless steel, tantalum, titanium alloys (including nitinol), and cobalt alloys (including cobalt-Chromium-nickel and cobalt-chromium-tungsten alloys). Suitable nonmetallic biocompatible materials include, but are not limited to, polyamides, fluoropolymers, polyolefins (i.e. polypropylene, polyethylene etc.), nonabsorbable polyesters (i.e. polyethylene terephthalate), and bioabsorbable aliphatic polyesters (i.e. homopolymers and copolymers of lactic acid, glycolic acid, lactide, glycolide, para-dioxanone, trimethylene carbonate, epsilon-caprolactone, and the like, and combinations of these).
- In other aspects, the micronized compositions described herein can be applied to wound healing devices. For example, the wound healing device can be a bandage, wrap, gauze, suture, or any other device used to treat wound. In these aspects, the micronized composition can be coated on and/or impregnated within the device. In other aspects, the wound healing device can be a membrane or graft used in wound healing applications, where the micronized composition is coated on one or more sides of the membrane or graft. For example, any of the tissue grafts described herein that are a precursor to the micronized compositions can be coated with the micronized compositions.
- In another aspect, the micronized placental tissue may be applied to the surface of a membrane by first depositing the micronized placental tissue onto a non-stick surface such as Teflon® and subsequently thereafter contacting one or both surfaces of the membrane with the deposited micronized placental tissue to absorb the micronized placental tissue onto the interior surface of the membrane. In this aspect, the non-stick surface can be sterilized according to conventional methods prior to deposition of the micronized placental tissue. In certain aspects, the membrane or graft can be provided in a wet form to facilitate adhesion of the micronized placental tissue to the membrane. In another aspect, a second membrane can be later applied onto the first membrane containing the micronized placental tissue to produce a tissue graft.
- The micronized compositions can be applied to a medical device using any techniques known to those skilled in the art or those that may be developed for applying a coating to a medical device. Examples of suitable techniques for applying the coating to the medical device include spraying, dip coating, roll coating, spin coating, powder coating, and direct application by brush or needle. One skilled in the art will appreciate the many different techniques in powder coating. The micronized compositions can be applied directly to the surface of the implant device, or they can be applied over a primer or other coating material.
- Finally, the three-dimensional constructs composed of the micronized compositions described herein have numerous applications. Depending upon the application of the construct, the construct can be tailor-made for the application. For example, if the construct is going to be used in hard bone repair or weight bearing applications, a dense construct can be produced from micronized particles described herein with a smaller particle sizes. Alternatively, if a softer or spongy construct is needed (e.g., a filling for a bony defect after the removal of a cyst), the construct can be made from micronized particles having a larger particle size. Thus, in one aspect, the constructs described herein can be used in orthopedic applications such as, for example, bone void filling, osteochondral repair, and articular surface repair. In another aspect, the constructs can be used in spine applications such as, for example, void filling as well as provide structural support. In dental applications, the constructs can be used as socket bone filler after tooth extraction. In another aspect, the constructs may be used as a block graft and fixed into place using bone tacks or screws in vertical and horizontal alveolar bone augmentations.
- In other aspects, the three-dimensional constructs can be used in combination with any of the placental tissue described herein. For example, one or more placental tissues such as, for example, a layer of amnion, chorion, or a laminate of amnion and/or chorion can be affixed to construct. In this aspect, the construct can be inserted into a wound or void, where the amnion, chorion, or laminate is on the outside of the wound and holds the construct in place, much like a bandage.
- In addition to the micronized placental components, extracts of the micronized placental components have various applications in pharmaceutical, cosmetic, or cosmeceutical field. For example, the saline extract of the micronized placental components containing cytokines and growth factors may be used for direct application, e.g., in a solution, such as ocular drops. Alternatively, the saline extract can be used for direct injection to facilitate wound healing, such as knee injections. Additionally, due to the abundance of cytokines and growth factors in the saline extract, the extract may be combined with one or more pharmaceutical or cosmetic products to promote the therapeutic effect or function of such products. As one skilled in the art would know, additional components, such as antibiotics, preservatives, etc. may be added to the extract before, during, or after the preparation of the extract.
- The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds, compositions, and methods described and claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.) but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in ° C. or is at ambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric. There are numerous variations and combinations of reaction conditions, e.g., component concentrations, desired solvents, solvent mixtures, temperatures, pressures and other reaction ranges and conditions that can be used to optimize the product purity and yield obtained from the described process. Only reasonable and routine experimentation will be required to optimize such process conditions.
- The micronized human amniotic membrane injectable was composed of human amnion as described above and intermediate layer tissue obtained from placenta tissue originated in a hospital, where it is collected during a Cesarean section birth. The micronization of the tissue was performed using a Retsch Oscillating Mill MM400. Phosphate buffer was used as a carrier. The ratio of the injectable was 50 mg/mL. The concentration ratio was 60% (21 mg) amnion and 40% (14 mg) intermediate tissue layer with 0.70 mL of phosphate buffer. The micronized composition can be administered as a dermal filler with a 27 gauge needle in the deep dermis region. A suitable dose would be 0.5 cc to 1.0 cc of the composition described above.
- Amnion/chorion tissue grafts used here to produce the micronized particles were produced by the process described in US 2008/0046095, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Tissue grafts (4 cm×3 cm) and two 9.5 mm steel grinding balls were placed in 50 mL vials and the vials subsequently sealed. The vials were placed in the Cryo-block, and the Cryo-block was placed in a Cryo-rack. The Cryo-rack was placed into a liquid nitrogen holding Dewar. Tissue samples were subjected to vapor phase cooling for no more than 30-60 minutes. The Cryo-rack was removed from the Dewar, and the Cryo-block was removed from the Cryo-rack. The Cryo-block was placed into the Grinder (SPEX Sample Prep GenoGrinder 2010) and set at 1,500 rpm for 20 minutes. After 20 minutes has elapsed, the tissue is inspected to ensure micronization. If necessary, the tissue can be placed back into the Dewar for an additional 30-60 minutes, and moved to the grinder for an additional 20 minutes to ensure sufficient micronization. Once the tissue is sufficiently micronized it is sorted using a series of American Standard ASTM sieves. The sieves were placed in the following order: 355 μm, 300 μm, 250 μm, 150 μm, and 125 μm. The micronized material was transferred from the 50 mL vials to the 355 μm sieve. Each sieve was agitated individually in order to thoroughly separate the micronized particles. Once the micronized particles have been effectively separated using the sieves, the micronized particles having particle sizes of 355 μm, 300 μm, 250 μm, 150 μm, and 125 μm were collected in separate vials.
- The following procedure produces a topical lotion composed of 95% polyethylene glycol (PEG) 600, 5% cetyl alcohol, and 10% water. PEG 600 was poured into a beaker and warmed to 45° C. While stirring under heat, water was added to the beaker. After thoroughly mixing for five minutes, cetyl alcohol was then added while continuing to stir under heat for five more minutes. The mixture was then allowed to cool at room temperature for five minutes.
- Micronized amnion chorion produced in Example 2 above (
particle size 25 μm to 75 μm) was then added to the mixture above to produce a 3% by weight lotion. The mixture was stirred constantly for three to five minutes at room temperature. The lotion was then placed into a refrigerator at 4° C. for fifteen minutes to cool. The final lotion has a heavy cream type consistency or viscosity. When applied directly to the skin, the lotion provides a slight moisturizing sheen with full uptake of amnion particulate material. - The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether extracts of EpiFix® (Surgical Biologics, Inc., Kennesaw, Ga.) (hereinafter “EpiFix”) would directly influence human dermal fibroblasts in cell culture.
- Specifically, extracts of EpiFix were prepared by incubating samples of EpiFix in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium at 4° C. for 18 hours. Two extraction ratios were examined: 10 mg and 5 mg dry EpiFix per ml of culture medium. The extracts were removed following separation from the EpiFix and used immediately to treat the cultured cells.
- Human dermal fibroblasts were plated in cell culture treated 96-well plates with 1600 cells/well. The cells were allowed to attach overnight. The culture medium was removed and the wells were washed with phosphate buffered saline to remove unattached cells. Five wells each were treated with one of the following conditions: Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium was used as a negative control; whereas Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium containing 10% calf serum was used as a positive control. The proliferation effects of Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium containing 10 mg/ml EpiFix extract and 5 mg/ml EpiFix extract, respectively, were examined.
- After four days in culture, the relative number of cells in each well was measured using a CyQuant Cell Proliferation Kit, with results shown in
FIG. 2 . As demonstrated byFIG. 2 , the positive control of calf serum caused a seven-fold increase in the number of cells in comparison to the negative control lacking serum. This result indicated that the calf serum had a positive effect on fibroblast proliferation. - EpiFix extracts at both concentrations tested caused an increase in cell number in comparison to the negative control. The 10 mg/ml concentration was more effective than the 5 mg/ml concentration in cell proliferation.
- These results establish that EpiFix contains one or more soluble growth factors that can be extracted in cell culture medium that cause human dermal fibroblasts to proliferate.
- In addition to the use of EpiFix above and following the procedures provided therein, it is also contemplated that the EpiFix used in the example above can be replaced with any placental tissue, including amnion, chorion, Wharton's jelly or any component that makes up the placenta, and combinations thereof.
- Various modifications and variations can be made to the compounds, compositions and methods described herein. Other aspects of the compounds, compositions and methods described herein will be apparent from consideration of the specification and practice of the compounds, compositions and methods disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary.
- A detailed description of suitable cross-linking agents and procedures is provided in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/815,747, filed Mar. 15, 2013, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/683,697 filed Aug. 15, 2012, both entitled PLACENTAL TISSUE GRAFTS MODIFIED WITH A CROSS-LINKING AGENT AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING THE SAME which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- A detailed description of micronized placental tissue is provided in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/815,784, Mar. 15, 2013, and U.S. provisional patent application No. 61/683,698, filed on Aug. 15, 2012 entitled TISSUE GRAFTS COMPOSED OF MICRONIZED PLACENTAL TISSUE AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING THE SAME which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- A detailed description of reinforced placental tissue grafts is provided in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/808,171 filed Apr. 3, 2013 and entitled REINFORCED PLACENTAL TISSUE GRAFTS AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING THE SAME which application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Claims (35)
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/963,984 US20140050788A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2013-08-09 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US14/285,563 US20140255496A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2014-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US14/719,581 US20150250829A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2015-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US15/940,091 US20180221418A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2018-03-29 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261683700P | 2012-08-15 | 2012-08-15 | |
US13/963,984 US20140050788A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2013-08-09 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
Related Child Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/285,563 Continuation US20140255496A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2014-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US14/719,581 Continuation US20150250829A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2015-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US15/940,091 Continuation US20180221418A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2018-03-29 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20140050788A1 true US20140050788A1 (en) | 2014-02-20 |
Family
ID=50100198
Family Applications (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/744,332 Active US8904664B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2013-01-17 | Dehydration device and methods for drying biological materials |
US13/963,984 Abandoned US20140050788A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2013-08-09 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US14/285,563 Abandoned US20140255496A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2014-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US14/533,056 Active 2033-03-20 US9555062B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2014-11-04 | Dehydration device and methods for drying biological materials |
US14/719,581 Abandoned US20150250829A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2015-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US15/940,091 Abandoned US20180221418A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2018-03-29 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/744,332 Active US8904664B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2013-01-17 | Dehydration device and methods for drying biological materials |
Family Applications After (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/285,563 Abandoned US20140255496A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2014-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US14/533,056 Active 2033-03-20 US9555062B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2014-11-04 | Dehydration device and methods for drying biological materials |
US14/719,581 Abandoned US20150250829A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2015-05-22 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US15/940,091 Abandoned US20180221418A1 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2018-03-29 | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US8904664B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2884844A4 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2880569A1 (en) |
WO (2) | WO2014028328A1 (en) |
Cited By (57)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20100228335A1 (en) * | 2009-03-04 | 2010-09-09 | John Schorgl | Stents modified with material comprising amnion tissue and corresponding processes |
WO2015031681A1 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2015-03-05 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental compositions comprising a chelator |
US9132156B1 (en) * | 2014-06-15 | 2015-09-15 | Amnio Technology Llc | Acellular amnion derived therapeutic compositions |
WO2015179711A1 (en) * | 2014-05-21 | 2015-11-26 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized wharton's jelly |
US9358320B2 (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2016-06-07 | Allosource | Multi-layer tissue patches |
US9415074B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2016-08-16 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts |
WO2016128916A1 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2016-08-18 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Collagen and micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US9446077B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2016-09-20 | Allosource | Fascia fibrous compositions and methods for their use and manufacture |
US20160287640A1 (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2016-10-06 | Applied Biologics, Llc | Denuded amnion flowable tissue graft and method of forming same |
US9480549B2 (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2016-11-01 | Allosource | Multi-layer tissue patches |
WO2017041089A1 (en) * | 2015-09-03 | 2017-03-09 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
WO2017049215A1 (en) * | 2015-09-17 | 2017-03-23 | Stimlabs Llc | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
US9603967B2 (en) | 2015-05-08 | 2017-03-28 | Vivex Biomedical, Inc. | Placental tissue assembly |
US9744266B2 (en) | 2011-12-19 | 2017-08-29 | Allosource | Flowable matrix compositions and methods |
JP2017525671A (en) * | 2014-07-08 | 2017-09-07 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | Micronized walton colloid |
US9795707B2 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2017-10-24 | Allosource | Methods of drying sheets of donor-provided human birth tissue |
US9795639B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2017-10-24 | BioDlogics, LLC | Methods for the treatment of erectile dysfunction by human birth tissue material compostion |
US9827293B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2017-11-28 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
US9956253B2 (en) | 2006-08-17 | 2018-05-01 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts |
US9993506B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2018-06-12 | BioDlogics, Inc. | Methods for the treatment of degenerative disc diseases by human birth tissue material composition |
US10039792B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2018-08-07 | Brahm Holdings, Llc | Methods for the treatment of inflammation and pain using human birth tissue material composition |
US10052351B2 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2018-08-21 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Method for inducing angiogenesis |
US10105398B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2018-10-23 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US10159744B2 (en) | 2012-11-19 | 2018-12-25 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Cross-linked collagen comprising metallic anticancer agents |
US10201573B1 (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2019-02-12 | Brahm Holdings, Llc | Human birth tissue material composition and methods for the treatment of damage associated with a cerebral vascular accident |
US10245349B2 (en) | 2011-10-31 | 2019-04-02 | BioDlogics, LLC | Birth tissue material and method of preparation |
US10265438B1 (en) | 2014-11-03 | 2019-04-23 | BioDlogics, LLC | Methods and compositions for the repair and replacement of connective tissue |
US10272119B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2019-04-30 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Amniotic membrane preparations and purified compositions and therapy for scar reversal and inhibition |
US10342831B2 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2019-07-09 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Composition and methods for preventing the proliferation and epithelial-mesenchymal transition of epithelial cells |
US10363278B2 (en) | 2014-06-15 | 2019-07-30 | Amnio Technology Llc | Frozen therapeutic dose and package |
US10426731B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2019-10-01 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Methods of processing fetal support tissues, fetal support tissue powder products, and uses thereof |
US10441664B2 (en) | 2012-11-19 | 2019-10-15 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Cross-linked collagen with at least one bound antimicrobial agent for in vivo release of the agent |
WO2019200252A1 (en) | 2018-04-13 | 2019-10-17 | The Johns Hopkins University | Non-invasive detection of response to immunotherapy |
WO2019200250A1 (en) | 2018-04-13 | 2019-10-17 | Velculescu Victor E | Non-invasive detection of response to a targeted therapy |
US10517903B2 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2019-12-31 | Amnio Technology Llc | Amnion derived therapeutic composition and process of making same |
US10517931B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2019-12-31 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
US10555973B2 (en) | 2017-03-06 | 2020-02-11 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Therapeutic compositions |
US10555897B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2020-02-11 | Brahm Holdings Llc | Cosmetic composition and methods of treatment |
US10568990B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-25 | Allosource | Cell repopulated collagen matrix for soft tissue repair and regeneration |
WO2020150656A1 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2020-07-23 | The Johns Hopkins University | Methods for assessing and treating cancer |
US10772986B2 (en) | 2017-01-26 | 2020-09-15 | Allosource | Fascia fibrous compositions and methods for their use and manufacture |
WO2020219827A1 (en) * | 2019-04-24 | 2020-10-29 | Viadigm, Llc | Methods of tissue processing |
US10894066B2 (en) | 2014-03-06 | 2021-01-19 | Amnio Technology Llc | Amnion derived therapeutic compositions and methods of use |
US10975431B2 (en) | 2018-05-18 | 2021-04-13 | The Johns Hopkins University | Cell-free DNA for assessing and/or treating cancer |
US11000553B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2021-05-11 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue composition for for treating cardiac tissue damage |
US11077229B1 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2021-08-03 | BioDlogics, LLC | Implant coating composition and method of use |
US11116871B2 (en) | 2015-09-17 | 2021-09-14 | Stimlabs Llc | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
US11116800B2 (en) | 2014-06-03 | 2021-09-14 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Compositions of morselized umbilical cord and/or amniotic membrane and methods of use thereof |
US11154641B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2021-10-26 | Stimlabs Llc | Translucent, dehydrated placental tissue and methods of producing and using the same |
US11180803B2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2021-11-23 | The Johns Hopkins University | Safe sequencing system |
US11207449B2 (en) * | 2017-06-22 | 2021-12-28 | Gary M. Petrucci | Methods and materials for treating blood vessels |
US11286531B2 (en) | 2015-08-11 | 2022-03-29 | The Johns Hopkins University | Assaying ovarian cyst fluid |
US11389565B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-07-19 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Molded placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US11525163B2 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2022-12-13 | The Johns Hopkins University | Papanicolaou test for ovarian and endometrial cancers |
US11590265B2 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2023-02-28 | Biotissue Holdings Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for treating ophthalmic diseases and disorders |
US11607430B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2023-03-21 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Tissue grafts composed of micronized placental tissue and methods of making and using the same |
US11707492B2 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2023-07-25 | Biotissue Holdings Inc. | Fetal support tissue products and methods of use |
Families Citing this family (33)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102118457B1 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2020-06-03 | 미메딕스 그룹 인크. | Tissue grafts modified with a cross-linking agent and methods of making and using the same |
US8904664B2 (en) * | 2012-08-15 | 2014-12-09 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Dehydration device and methods for drying biological materials |
EP2897625B1 (en) | 2012-09-10 | 2019-10-23 | Wake Forest University Health Sciences | Amniotic membrane and its use in wound healing and tissue engineering constructs |
US20150377597A1 (en) * | 2013-05-31 | 2015-12-31 | Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. | Shaped Charge Liner with Nanoparticles |
US8978270B1 (en) * | 2014-07-28 | 2015-03-17 | Advanced Moisture Solutions, LLC | Method for drying interstitial space |
EP3185918B1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2021-08-18 | MiMedx Group, Inc. | Collagen reinforced tissue grafts |
EP3191145B1 (en) * | 2014-09-09 | 2020-12-23 | MiMedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions |
AU2015328014B2 (en) | 2014-10-02 | 2020-11-12 | Wake Forest University Health Sciences | Amniotic membrane powder and its use in wound healing and tissue engineering constructs |
PL3212204T3 (en) | 2014-10-28 | 2019-11-29 | Biovotec As | Micronized eggshell membrane particles and the use thereof to promote the healing of wounds |
US10143777B2 (en) | 2014-11-17 | 2018-12-04 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Fenestration kits for making fenestrated placental tissue allografts and methods of using the same |
US10342830B2 (en) | 2015-01-05 | 2019-07-09 | Gary M. Petrucci | Methods and materials for treating lung disorders |
CA2980316A1 (en) | 2015-03-24 | 2016-09-29 | Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions comprising meniscal tissues and uses thereof |
CA2988364A1 (en) | 2015-06-24 | 2016-12-29 | Biovotec As | Tissue engineering scaffolds comprising particulate egg shell membrane |
MX2018004015A (en) * | 2015-09-29 | 2018-06-06 | Anicell Biotech Llc | Methods and articles of manufacture for the treatment of animals. |
GB201519923D0 (en) | 2015-11-11 | 2015-12-23 | Biovotec Dac And Biovotec As | Dry biocompatible disintegrateable films for delivering particulate egg shell membrane to a wound |
US10993969B2 (en) | 2016-02-05 | 2021-05-04 | Gary M. Petrucci | Methods and materials for treating nerve injuries and neurological disorders |
CA3032160C (en) | 2016-08-24 | 2024-05-28 | Arthrex, Inc. | Tissue hybrid for use in repairing, reconstructing or regenerating musculoskeletal degenerative processes or injuries |
US10251917B1 (en) | 2017-09-19 | 2019-04-09 | Gary M. Petrucci | Methods and materials for treating tumors |
JP7110360B2 (en) * | 2017-10-09 | 2022-08-01 | テルモ ビーシーティー バイオテクノロジーズ,エルエルシー | Freeze-drying method |
US11602548B1 (en) * | 2018-02-26 | 2023-03-14 | Convatec, Inc | Fibrous birth tissue composition and method of use |
WO2020055936A1 (en) * | 2018-09-13 | 2020-03-19 | Nova Southeastern University | Compositions for promoting skin regeneration, skin rejuvenation, and wound healing and methods for preparation and use thereof |
US10676797B1 (en) * | 2019-01-27 | 2020-06-09 | Vinamit Usa Llc | Concentrated sugarcane juice powder and method for preparing the same using the convection current freeze drying apparatus |
US10966439B2 (en) * | 2019-01-27 | 2021-04-06 | Vinamit Usa Llc | Concentrated fruit juice powder and method for preparing the same using a non-linear screw press juicer and convection current freeze drying apparatus |
US10921058B2 (en) * | 2019-01-27 | 2021-02-16 | Vinamit Usa Llc | Fully automatic convection current vacuum freeze drying method |
US11511017B2 (en) | 2019-03-12 | 2022-11-29 | Arthrex, Inc. | Ligament reconstruction |
JP7471316B2 (en) | 2019-03-14 | 2024-04-19 | テルモ ビーシーティー バイオテクノロジーズ,エルエルシー | Multi-part freeze-drying container |
WO2020223480A1 (en) * | 2019-04-30 | 2020-11-05 | The General Hospital Corporation | Systems and methods for magnet-induced assembly of tissue grafts |
ES2802149B2 (en) * | 2019-07-04 | 2022-01-11 | Univ Salamanca | DEVICE AND PROCEDURE FOR THE SIMULTANEOUS LYOPHILIZATION OF A PLURALITY OF BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES |
US11971215B2 (en) | 2021-11-01 | 2024-04-30 | Phat Panda LLC | Plant material drying methods and systems |
CN115179458A (en) * | 2022-06-29 | 2022-10-14 | 天华化工机械及自动化研究设计院有限公司 | Nitrogen gas circulation degree of depth takes off and waves drying tower |
US20240226181A1 (en) * | 2023-01-11 | 2024-07-11 | Biostem Technologies, Inc. | Human umbilical cord composition for treatment of peyronie's disease |
NL2034251B1 (en) * | 2023-03-02 | 2024-09-09 | Biostem Tech Inc | Human umbilical cord composition for treatment of peyronie's disease |
WO2024151724A1 (en) * | 2023-01-11 | 2024-07-18 | Biostem Technologies, Inc. | Human umbilical cord composition for use in the treatment of peyronie's disease |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20040028711A1 (en) * | 2001-02-01 | 2004-02-12 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Anhydrous cosmetic compositions |
US6936271B1 (en) * | 1998-09-11 | 2005-08-30 | Tissue Science Laboratories Plc | Collagenous tissue compositions |
US20070020225A1 (en) * | 2005-06-10 | 2007-01-25 | Sascha Abramson | Human placental collagen compositions, processes for their preparation, methods of their use and kits comprising the compositions |
US20080046095A1 (en) * | 2006-08-17 | 2008-02-21 | Surgical Biologics, Inc. | Placental Tissue Grafts and Improved Methods of Preparing and Using the Same |
US20080193554A1 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2008-08-14 | The University Of Nottingham | Surgical Membrane |
Family Cites Families (73)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2694914A (en) | 1951-10-05 | 1954-11-23 | Jr William C Glover | Spotting table vacuum plate |
GB1427143A (en) * | 1972-06-01 | 1976-03-10 | Hodson S A | Transfer of freeze-dried specimens |
US4564368A (en) | 1983-04-11 | 1986-01-14 | Sawyer Willard C | Method and apparatus for use in drying biomass particles |
US4745771A (en) | 1983-08-23 | 1988-05-24 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Apparatus and method for cryopreparing biological tissue for ultrastructural analysis |
US4865871A (en) * | 1983-08-23 | 1989-09-12 | Board Of Regents The University Of Texas System | Method for cryopreparing biological tissue |
US4807442A (en) * | 1986-12-03 | 1989-02-28 | Board Of Regents The University Of Texas System | Cryo-slamming apparatus and method for ultrarapid cooling of biological samples |
US4968325A (en) | 1987-08-24 | 1990-11-06 | Centre Quebecois De Valorisation De La Biomasse | Fluidized bed gasifier |
GB8803697D0 (en) * | 1988-02-17 | 1988-03-16 | Deltanine Research Ltd | Clinical developments using amniotic membrane cells |
EP0431164A4 (en) | 1989-04-21 | 1992-06-03 | Kishinevsky Selskokhozyaistvenny Institut Imeni M.V. Frunze | Preparation with an anti-inflammatory, lactogenous and stimulating action, and method of obtaining it |
US4964280A (en) * | 1989-08-17 | 1990-10-23 | Board Of Regents | Method and apparatus for cryopreparing biological tissue |
US5290558A (en) | 1989-09-21 | 1994-03-01 | Osteotech, Inc. | Flowable demineralized bone powder composition and its use in bone repair |
JPH03176064A (en) | 1989-12-05 | 1991-07-31 | Hoechst Japan Ltd | Wound surface covering material |
DE3942954A1 (en) | 1989-12-23 | 1991-06-27 | Hoechst Ag | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ALDEHYDE |
CA2051092C (en) * | 1990-09-12 | 2002-07-23 | Stephen A. Livesey | Method and apparatus for cryopreparation, dry stabilization and rehydration of biological suspensions |
DE19719398A1 (en) * | 1997-05-07 | 1998-11-12 | Amsco Finn Aqua Gmbh | Process for controlling a freeze-drying process |
CA2296704C (en) | 1997-07-14 | 2010-10-19 | Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. | Cardiac muscle regeneration using mesenchymal stem cells |
US6030635A (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2000-02-29 | Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation | Malleable paste for filling bone defects |
AUPQ196799A0 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 1999-08-26 | Pinfold, Ann | Method of preservation of amnion and uses thereof |
US6652583B2 (en) * | 2000-04-07 | 2003-11-25 | Rhode Island Hospital | Cardiac valve replacement |
KR100377921B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2003-03-29 | 정원태 | manufacture method for eye unguent in photorefractive keratectomy |
US7311905B2 (en) | 2002-02-13 | 2007-12-25 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Embryonic-like stem cells derived from post-partum mammalian placenta, and uses and methods of treatment using said cells |
ES2522890T3 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2014-11-19 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Method to collect placental stem cells |
ES2522526T3 (en) | 2001-02-14 | 2014-11-14 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Post-partum placenta of mammals, their use and placental stem cells thereof |
EP2336299A1 (en) | 2001-02-14 | 2011-06-22 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Post-partum mammalian placenta, its use and placental stem cells therefrom |
US20020169452A1 (en) * | 2001-05-14 | 2002-11-14 | Pertti Tormala | Minimally traumatic surgical device for tissue treatment |
CA2463850C (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2013-03-26 | Lifecell Corporation | Remodeling of tissues and organs |
US20030187515A1 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2003-10-02 | Hariri Robert J. | Collagen biofabric and methods of preparing and using the collagen biofabric |
US7527968B2 (en) | 2002-07-29 | 2009-05-05 | Robarts Research Institute | Regeneration initiating cells |
WO2004055156A2 (en) | 2002-12-17 | 2004-07-01 | Technion Research And Development Foundation Ltd. | A vegf variant that lacks vegfr-1 binding activity and its use in promotion of re-endothelization and prevention of in-stent restenosis |
CA2535683A1 (en) | 2003-08-11 | 2005-02-24 | University Of South Florida | Stem cell beacon |
CA2540529C (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2012-03-13 | Vib Vzw | Means and methods for the recruitment and identification of stem cells |
EP1711214A1 (en) * | 2004-02-02 | 2006-10-18 | Interface Multigrad Technology (IMT) Ltd. | Device for directional cooling of biological matter |
ES2363978T3 (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2011-08-22 | Cognis France, S.A.S. | USE OF COSMETIC COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE AN EXTRACT OF THE SHEETS OF CASTANEA SATIVA. |
CN100512821C (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2009-07-15 | 中山大学中山眼科中心 | Production of amniotic extractive liquid and use thereof |
US20050287223A1 (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2005-12-29 | Peyman Gholam A | Use of amniotic membrane as biocompatible devices |
US20090181092A1 (en) * | 2004-07-16 | 2009-07-16 | Spinal Restoration, Inc. | Methods for Treating Joints and Discs with a Carrier Matrix and Cells |
EP1796693A2 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2007-06-20 | Chandrashekhar P. Pathak | Implantable tissue compositions and method |
KR100622676B1 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2006-09-19 | 합명회사 신흥기업사 | Airflow Control Downflow Hot Air Circulation Bulk Dryer |
WO2007009061A2 (en) | 2005-07-13 | 2007-01-18 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Ocular plug formed from placenta derived collagen biofabric |
US8153162B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2012-04-10 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Purified amniotic membrane compositions and methods of use |
US20070299043A1 (en) | 2005-10-03 | 2007-12-27 | Hunter William L | Anti-scarring drug combinations and use thereof |
EP1948259B1 (en) | 2005-10-26 | 2017-03-22 | Genesis Technologies Limited | Acellular bioabsorbable tissue regeneration matrices produced by incubating acellular blood products |
BRPI0619787A2 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2011-10-18 | James Wright | method and apparatus for drying organic material |
US20070248575A1 (en) | 2006-04-19 | 2007-10-25 | Jerome Connor | Bone graft composition |
TW200817019A (en) | 2006-07-10 | 2008-04-16 | Univ Columbia | De novo formation and regeneration of vascularized tissue from tissue progenitor cells and vascular progenitor cells |
WO2008021391A1 (en) | 2006-08-15 | 2008-02-21 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Umbilical cord biomaterial for medical use |
US20080050347A1 (en) | 2006-08-23 | 2008-02-28 | Ichim Thomas E | Stem cell therapy for cardiac valvular dysfunction |
WO2008060377A2 (en) | 2006-10-04 | 2008-05-22 | Anthrogenesis Corporation | Placental or umbilical cord tissue compositions |
US20100028849A1 (en) | 2006-10-18 | 2010-02-04 | Nancy Jane Shelby | Novel process for devitalized/acellular tissue for transplantation |
US20080233552A1 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2008-09-25 | David Hui-Kang Ma | Method of cross-linking amnion to be an improved biomedical material |
AU2008240191B2 (en) | 2007-04-12 | 2013-09-19 | Zimmer, Inc. | Compositions and methods for tissue repair |
ES2714365T3 (en) | 2007-07-10 | 2019-05-28 | Lifecell Corp | Acellular tissue matrix compositions for tissue repair |
US20090036996A1 (en) | 2007-08-03 | 2009-02-05 | Roeber Peter J | Knit PTFE Articles and Mesh |
US7856737B2 (en) * | 2007-08-28 | 2010-12-28 | Mathews Company | Apparatus and method for reducing a moisture content of an agricultural product |
CA2736663C (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2018-01-02 | Surgical Biologics, Llc. | Placental tissue grafts and improved methods of preparing and using the same |
US20090090022A1 (en) | 2007-10-09 | 2009-04-09 | Hememics Biotechnologies, Inc. | Desiccation Chamber and Methods for Drying Biological Materials |
EP2237798A2 (en) | 2007-12-12 | 2010-10-13 | Imperial Innovations Limited | Methods |
KR20110013419A (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2011-02-09 | 알로소스 | Anti-adhesion barrier wound dressing comprising processed amniotic tissue and method of use |
KR20100030031A (en) * | 2008-09-09 | 2010-03-18 | 한스바이오메드 주식회사 | Human skin regenerative powder from alloskin source |
GB0816496D0 (en) | 2008-09-10 | 2008-10-15 | Zhao Xiaobin | Hyaluronic acid cryogel |
ES2731340T3 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2019-11-15 | Celularity Inc | Treatment of diseases, disorders or lung conditions using placental cells |
CN101433556A (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2009-05-20 | 成都青山利康药业有限公司 | Health product composition containing placenta component and preparation method |
US20100199514A1 (en) * | 2009-02-10 | 2010-08-12 | Vermont Organics Reclamation Inc. | Optimized apparatus and method for manure management |
CA2755039C (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2015-07-07 | Enwave Corporation | Apparatus and method for dehydrating biological materials |
US20110256202A1 (en) | 2010-02-18 | 2011-10-20 | Samson Tom | Immunocompatible amniotic membrane products |
US8840665B2 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2014-09-23 | Liventa Bioscience, Inc. | Method of tendon repair with amnion and chorion constructs |
US20120010708A1 (en) | 2010-07-08 | 2012-01-12 | AFcell Medical | Amnion and chorion replacement cover and uses thereof in surgical repair of muscles |
KR102118457B1 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2020-06-03 | 미메딕스 그룹 인크. | Tissue grafts modified with a cross-linking agent and methods of making and using the same |
AU2012217975B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2015-11-19 | Mimedx Group Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods for making and using the same |
KR20220156664A (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2022-11-25 | 미메딕스 그룹 인크. | Laminated tissue grafts composed of wharton's jelly and methods of making and using the same |
WO2012170905A1 (en) * | 2011-06-10 | 2012-12-13 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Methods of processing fetal support tissues, fetal support tissue powder products, and uses thereof |
US9186382B2 (en) | 2011-12-02 | 2015-11-17 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts produced by chemical dehydration/freeze-drying and methods for making and using the same |
US8904664B2 (en) * | 2012-08-15 | 2014-12-09 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Dehydration device and methods for drying biological materials |
-
2013
- 2013-01-17 US US13/744,332 patent/US8904664B2/en active Active
- 2013-08-09 WO PCT/US2013/054325 patent/WO2014028328A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-08-09 CA CA2880569A patent/CA2880569A1/en active Pending
- 2013-08-09 EP EP13829807.0A patent/EP2884844A4/en active Pending
- 2013-08-09 US US13/963,984 patent/US20140050788A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-08-09 WO PCT/US2013/054322 patent/WO2014028327A1/en active Application Filing
-
2014
- 2014-05-22 US US14/285,563 patent/US20140255496A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2014-11-04 US US14/533,056 patent/US9555062B2/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-05-22 US US14/719,581 patent/US20150250829A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2018
- 2018-03-29 US US15/940,091 patent/US20180221418A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6936271B1 (en) * | 1998-09-11 | 2005-08-30 | Tissue Science Laboratories Plc | Collagenous tissue compositions |
US20040028711A1 (en) * | 2001-02-01 | 2004-02-12 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Anhydrous cosmetic compositions |
US20070020225A1 (en) * | 2005-06-10 | 2007-01-25 | Sascha Abramson | Human placental collagen compositions, processes for their preparation, methods of their use and kits comprising the compositions |
US20080193554A1 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2008-08-14 | The University Of Nottingham | Surgical Membrane |
US20080046095A1 (en) * | 2006-08-17 | 2008-02-21 | Surgical Biologics, Inc. | Placental Tissue Grafts and Improved Methods of Preparing and Using the Same |
Non-Patent Citations (6)
Title |
---|
Derwent abstract for KR 2001100588, original document published November 2001 * |
Han SK, Kim DW, Jeong SH, Hong YT, Woo HS, Kim WK, Gottrup F. Potential use of blood bank platelet concentrates to accelerate wound healing of diabetic ulcers. Annals of plastic surgery. 2007 Nov 1;59(5):532-7. (Year: 2007) * |
Hess JR. Conventional blood banking and blood component storage regulation: opportunities for improvement. Blood Transfusion. 2010 Jun;8(Suppl 3):s9. (Year: 2010) * |
Loi P, Matsukawa K, Ptak G, Clinton M, Fulka Jr J, Nathan Y, Arav A. Freeze-dried somatic cells direct embryonic development after nuclear transfer. PloS one. 2008 Aug 20;3(8):e2978. (Year: 2008) * |
Mardovin et al. J Burn Care Rehabil, 13, p 556-559, 1992 * |
Sundari SK, Adholeya A. Retention of enzyme activity following freeze-drying the mycelium of ectomycorrhizal isolates: part II. Enzymes acting upon carbon compounds. World Journal of Microbiology and Biotechnology. 2000 Sep;16(8):865-8. (Year: 2000) * |
Cited By (112)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10632155B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2020-04-28 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Amniotic membrane preparations and purified compositions and therapy for scar reversal and inhibition |
US10272119B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2019-04-30 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Amniotic membrane preparations and purified compositions and therapy for scar reversal and inhibition |
US11504449B2 (en) | 2006-08-17 | 2022-11-22 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts and methods of preparing and using the same |
US9956253B2 (en) | 2006-08-17 | 2018-05-01 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts |
US10874697B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2020-12-29 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts and improved methods of preparing and using the same |
US11752174B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2023-09-12 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts and improved methods of preparing and using the same |
US9415074B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2016-08-16 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts |
US9789137B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2017-10-17 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue grafts and improved methods of preparing and using the same |
US9480549B2 (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2016-11-01 | Allosource | Multi-layer tissue patches |
US9358320B2 (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2016-06-07 | Allosource | Multi-layer tissue patches |
US9616152B2 (en) | 2008-04-25 | 2017-04-11 | Allosource | Multi-layer tissue systems and methods |
US9205177B2 (en) * | 2009-03-04 | 2015-12-08 | Peytant Solutions, Inc. | Stents modified with material comprising amnion tissue and corresponding processes |
US20100228335A1 (en) * | 2009-03-04 | 2010-09-09 | John Schorgl | Stents modified with material comprising amnion tissue and corresponding processes |
US11235007B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2022-02-01 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US11931384B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2024-03-19 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US10105398B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2018-10-23 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US10376546B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2019-08-13 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US11219647B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2022-01-11 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US11103536B2 (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2021-08-31 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US11459611B2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2022-10-04 | The Johns Hopkins University | Safe sequencing system |
US11773440B2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2023-10-03 | The Johns Hopkins University | Safe sequencing system |
US11453913B2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2022-09-27 | The Johns Hopkins University | Safe sequencing system |
US12006544B2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2024-06-11 | The Johns Hopkins University | Safe sequencing system |
US11180803B2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2021-11-23 | The Johns Hopkins University | Safe sequencing system |
US10426731B2 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2019-10-01 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Methods of processing fetal support tissues, fetal support tissue powder products, and uses thereof |
US10786600B1 (en) | 2011-10-31 | 2020-09-29 | BioDlogics, LLC | Birth tissue material and method of preparation |
US10245349B2 (en) | 2011-10-31 | 2019-04-02 | BioDlogics, LLC | Birth tissue material and method of preparation |
US9801975B2 (en) | 2011-12-19 | 2017-10-31 | Allosource | Flowable matrix compositions and methods |
US9744266B2 (en) | 2011-12-19 | 2017-08-29 | Allosource | Flowable matrix compositions and methods |
US9801976B2 (en) | 2011-12-19 | 2017-10-31 | Allosource | Flowable matrix compositions and methods |
US11607430B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2023-03-21 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Tissue grafts composed of micronized placental tissue and methods of making and using the same |
US11525163B2 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2022-12-13 | The Johns Hopkins University | Papanicolaou test for ovarian and endometrial cancers |
US10441664B2 (en) | 2012-11-19 | 2019-10-15 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Cross-linked collagen with at least one bound antimicrobial agent for in vivo release of the agent |
US10159744B2 (en) | 2012-11-19 | 2018-12-25 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Cross-linked collagen comprising metallic anticancer agents |
US11690896B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2023-07-04 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
US10517931B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2019-12-31 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
US9827293B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2017-11-28 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
US11648281B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2023-05-16 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Methods for treating cardiac conditions |
US11000553B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2021-05-11 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Placental tissue composition for for treating cardiac tissue damage |
US11077229B1 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2021-08-03 | BioDlogics, LLC | Implant coating composition and method of use |
US9446077B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2016-09-20 | Allosource | Fascia fibrous compositions and methods for their use and manufacture |
US11229725B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-01-25 | Allosource | Cell repopulated collagen matrix for soft tissue repair and regeneration |
US11389565B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-07-19 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Molded placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US10568990B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-25 | Allosource | Cell repopulated collagen matrix for soft tissue repair and regeneration |
US10555974B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2020-02-11 | BioDlogics, LLC | Methods for the treatment of erectile dysfunction by human birth tissue material composition |
US11224617B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2022-01-18 | BioDlogics, LLC | Methods for the treatment of degenerative disc diseases by human birth tissue material composition |
US9993506B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2018-06-12 | BioDlogics, Inc. | Methods for the treatment of degenerative disc diseases by human birth tissue material composition |
US9795639B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2017-10-24 | BioDlogics, LLC | Methods for the treatment of erectile dysfunction by human birth tissue material compostion |
US11382859B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2022-07-12 | Brahm Holdings, Llc | Cosmetic composition and methods of treatment |
US10555897B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2020-02-11 | Brahm Holdings Llc | Cosmetic composition and methods of treatment |
US10039792B1 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2018-08-07 | Brahm Holdings, Llc | Methods for the treatment of inflammation and pain using human birth tissue material composition |
US11547731B2 (en) | 2013-03-16 | 2023-01-10 | Brahm Holdings, Llc | Methods for the treatment of inflammation and pain using human birth tissue material composition |
US10449220B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2019-10-22 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental compositions comprising a chelator |
US12076348B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2024-09-03 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental compositions comprising a chelator |
WO2015031681A1 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2015-03-05 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized placental compositions comprising a chelator |
US9795707B2 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2017-10-24 | Allosource | Methods of drying sheets of donor-provided human birth tissue |
US10842910B2 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2020-11-24 | Allosource | Systems for drying sheets of donor-provided human tissue |
US10842824B2 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2020-11-24 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Method for inducing angiogenesis |
US10052351B2 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2018-08-21 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Method for inducing angiogenesis |
US10894066B2 (en) | 2014-03-06 | 2021-01-19 | Amnio Technology Llc | Amnion derived therapeutic compositions and methods of use |
JP7304316B2 (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2023-07-06 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | micronized wharton jelly |
AU2021211985B2 (en) * | 2014-05-21 | 2023-06-01 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized Wharton's jelly |
WO2015179711A1 (en) * | 2014-05-21 | 2015-11-26 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized wharton's jelly |
JP2020143150A (en) * | 2014-05-21 | 2020-09-10 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | Micronized Wharton's Jelly |
JP2017517255A (en) * | 2014-05-21 | 2017-06-29 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | Micronized howton jelly |
EP3146039A4 (en) * | 2014-05-21 | 2017-11-29 | MiMedx Group, Inc. | Micronized wharton's jelly |
US11116800B2 (en) | 2014-06-03 | 2021-09-14 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Compositions of morselized umbilical cord and/or amniotic membrane and methods of use thereof |
US9132156B1 (en) * | 2014-06-15 | 2015-09-15 | Amnio Technology Llc | Acellular amnion derived therapeutic compositions |
US10363278B2 (en) | 2014-06-15 | 2019-07-30 | Amnio Technology Llc | Frozen therapeutic dose and package |
WO2016111726A1 (en) * | 2014-06-15 | 2016-07-14 | Amnio Technology Llc | Amnion derived therapeutic composition and process of making same |
EP3154557B1 (en) * | 2014-06-15 | 2021-08-25 | Amnio Technology LLC | Acellular amnion derived therapeutic compositions |
JP2017525671A (en) * | 2014-07-08 | 2017-09-07 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | Micronized walton colloid |
EP3167049A4 (en) * | 2014-07-08 | 2017-11-29 | MIMEDX Group Inc. | Micronized wharton's jelly |
US10307443B2 (en) | 2014-07-08 | 2019-06-04 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Micronized wharton's jelly |
US10201573B1 (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2019-02-12 | Brahm Holdings, Llc | Human birth tissue material composition and methods for the treatment of damage associated with a cerebral vascular accident |
US10905798B1 (en) * | 2014-11-03 | 2021-02-02 | BioDlogics, LLC | Methods and compositions for the repair and replacement of connective tissue |
US10265438B1 (en) | 2014-11-03 | 2019-04-23 | BioDlogics, LLC | Methods and compositions for the repair and replacement of connective tissue |
US20160287640A1 (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2016-10-06 | Applied Biologics, Llc | Denuded amnion flowable tissue graft and method of forming same |
US10736990B2 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2020-08-11 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Collagen and micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
AU2016217476B2 (en) * | 2015-02-11 | 2020-05-28 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Collagen and micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
WO2016128916A1 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2016-08-18 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Collagen and micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US12070528B2 (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2024-08-27 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Collagen and micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
US11590265B2 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2023-02-28 | Biotissue Holdings Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for treating ophthalmic diseases and disorders |
US9603967B2 (en) | 2015-05-08 | 2017-03-28 | Vivex Biomedical, Inc. | Placental tissue assembly |
US11318169B2 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2022-05-03 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Compositions and methods for preventing the proliferation and epithelial-mesenchymal transition of epithelial cells |
US10342831B2 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2019-07-09 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Composition and methods for preventing the proliferation and epithelial-mesenchymal transition of epithelial cells |
US11286531B2 (en) | 2015-08-11 | 2022-03-29 | The Johns Hopkins University | Assaying ovarian cyst fluid |
JP2018529670A (en) * | 2015-09-03 | 2018-10-11 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | Non-surgical and localized delivery of placental growth factor composition |
WO2017041089A1 (en) * | 2015-09-03 | 2017-03-09 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
AU2016318155B2 (en) * | 2015-09-03 | 2023-05-11 | Mimedx Group, Inc. | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
JP7391508B2 (en) | 2015-09-03 | 2023-12-05 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | Non-surgical and localized delivery of placental growth factor compositions |
JP2022078166A (en) * | 2015-09-03 | 2022-05-24 | ミメディクス グループ インコーポレイテッド | Non-surgical, localized delivery of compositions for placental growth factors |
US10517903B2 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2019-12-31 | Amnio Technology Llc | Amnion derived therapeutic composition and process of making same |
US11116871B2 (en) | 2015-09-17 | 2021-09-14 | Stimlabs Llc | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
EP3998089A1 (en) * | 2015-09-17 | 2022-05-18 | Stimlabs LLC | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
US12064530B2 (en) | 2015-09-17 | 2024-08-20 | Stimlabs Llc | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
US11413372B2 (en) | 2015-09-17 | 2022-08-16 | Stimlabs Llc | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
EP4378491A1 (en) * | 2015-09-17 | 2024-06-05 | Stimlabs LLC | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
WO2017049215A1 (en) * | 2015-09-17 | 2017-03-23 | Stimlabs Llc | Compositions derived from placenta and methods of producing the same |
US11707492B2 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2023-07-25 | Biotissue Holdings Inc. | Fetal support tissue products and methods of use |
US10772986B2 (en) | 2017-01-26 | 2020-09-15 | Allosource | Fascia fibrous compositions and methods for their use and manufacture |
US10555973B2 (en) | 2017-03-06 | 2020-02-11 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Therapeutic compositions |
US11207449B2 (en) * | 2017-06-22 | 2021-12-28 | Gary M. Petrucci | Methods and materials for treating blood vessels |
WO2020150656A1 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2020-07-23 | The Johns Hopkins University | Methods for assessing and treating cancer |
US11738115B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2023-08-29 | Stimlabs Llc | Translucent, dehydrated placental tissue and methods of producing and using the same |
US11744918B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2023-09-05 | Stimlabs Llc | Translucent, dehydrated placental tissue and methods of producing and using the same |
US11154641B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2021-10-26 | Stimlabs Llc | Translucent, dehydrated placental tissue and methods of producing and using the same |
WO2019200252A1 (en) | 2018-04-13 | 2019-10-17 | The Johns Hopkins University | Non-invasive detection of response to immunotherapy |
WO2019200250A1 (en) | 2018-04-13 | 2019-10-17 | Velculescu Victor E | Non-invasive detection of response to a targeted therapy |
US10975431B2 (en) | 2018-05-18 | 2021-04-13 | The Johns Hopkins University | Cell-free DNA for assessing and/or treating cancer |
US10982279B2 (en) | 2018-05-18 | 2021-04-20 | The Johns Hopkins University | Cell-free DNA for assessing and/or treating cancer |
WO2020219827A1 (en) * | 2019-04-24 | 2020-10-29 | Viadigm, Llc | Methods of tissue processing |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2880569A1 (en) | 2014-02-20 |
US9555062B2 (en) | 2017-01-31 |
US8904664B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 |
US20150127116A1 (en) | 2015-05-07 |
US20140255496A1 (en) | 2014-09-11 |
EP2884844A1 (en) | 2015-06-24 |
EP2884844A4 (en) | 2016-07-20 |
WO2014028328A1 (en) | 2014-02-20 |
WO2014028327A1 (en) | 2014-02-20 |
US20150250829A1 (en) | 2015-09-10 |
US20140051059A1 (en) | 2014-02-20 |
US20180221418A1 (en) | 2018-08-09 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11931384B2 (en) | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same | |
AU2019272042B2 (en) | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same | |
US20180221418A1 (en) | Micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same | |
US11607430B2 (en) | Tissue grafts composed of micronized placental tissue and methods of making and using the same | |
EP3191145B1 (en) | Micronized placental tissue compositions | |
AU2016217476B2 (en) | Collagen and micronized placental tissue compositions and methods of making and using the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: MIMEDX GROUP, INC., GEORGIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:DANIEL, JOHN;SPENCER, RANDALL;SITH, SOMALY;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20131122 TO 20141114;REEL/FRAME:034202/0131 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, NORTH CAROLINA Free format text: NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:MIMEDX GROUP, INC.;REEL/FRAME:036872/0498 Effective date: 20151012 Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, NO Free format text: NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:MIMEDX GROUP, INC.;REEL/FRAME:036872/0498 Effective date: 20151012 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: MIMEDX GROUP, INC., GEORGIA Free format text: TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT;REEL/FRAME:048121/0835 Effective date: 20190123 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BLUE TORCH FINANCE LLC, AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NEW Y Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MIMEDX GROUP, INC.;REEL/FRAME:049426/0863 Effective date: 20190610 Owner name: BLUE TORCH FINANCE LLC, AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NEW YORK Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MIMEDX GROUP, INC.;REEL/FRAME:049426/0863 Effective date: 20190610 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: HAYFIN SERVICES LLP, AS COLLATERAL AGENT, ENGLAND Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:MIMEDX GROUP, INC.;MIMEDX PROCESSING SERVICES, LLC;REEL/FRAME:053121/0833 Effective date: 20200702 Owner name: MIMEDX GROUP, INC., GEORGIA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:BLUE TORCH FINANCE LLC, AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:054075/0687 Effective date: 20200702 Owner name: MIMEDX PROCESSING SERVICES, LLC, GEORGIA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:BLUE TORCH FINANCE LLC, AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:054075/0687 Effective date: 20200702 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: MIMEDX PROCESSING SERVICES, LLC, GEORGIA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:HAYFIN SERVICES LLP;REEL/FRAME:066493/0322 Effective date: 20240119 Owner name: MIMEDX GROUP, INC., GEORGIA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:HAYFIN SERVICES LLP;REEL/FRAME:066493/0322 Effective date: 20240119 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |